| 1 | /* ELF executable support for BFD. |
| 2 | Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 |
| 3 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 4 | |
| 5 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. |
| 6 | |
| 7 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or |
| 10 | (at your option) any later version. |
| 11 | |
| 12 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 15 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 16 | |
| 17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 18 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 19 | Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
| 20 | |
| 21 | /* |
| 22 | |
| 23 | SECTION |
| 24 | ELF backends |
| 25 | |
| 26 | BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on. |
| 27 | Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386 |
| 28 | (running svr4 or Solaris 2). |
| 29 | |
| 30 | Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs |
| 31 | to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we |
| 32 | haven't bothered yet. |
| 33 | */ |
| 34 | |
| 35 | /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */ |
| 36 | #define _SYSCALL32 |
| 37 | #include "bfd.h" |
| 38 | #include "sysdep.h" |
| 39 | #include "bfdlink.h" |
| 40 | #include "libbfd.h" |
| 41 | #define ARCH_SIZE 0 |
| 42 | #include "elf-bfd.h" |
| 43 | #include "libiberty.h" |
| 44 | |
| 45 | static INLINE struct elf_segment_map *make_mapping |
| 46 | PARAMS ((bfd *, asection **, unsigned int, unsigned int, boolean)); |
| 47 | static boolean map_sections_to_segments PARAMS ((bfd *)); |
| 48 | static int elf_sort_sections PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR)); |
| 49 | static boolean assign_file_positions_for_segments PARAMS ((bfd *)); |
| 50 | static boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs PARAMS ((bfd *)); |
| 51 | static boolean prep_headers PARAMS ((bfd *)); |
| 52 | static boolean swap_out_syms PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int)); |
| 53 | static boolean copy_private_bfd_data PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *)); |
| 54 | static char *elf_read PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type)); |
| 55 | static boolean setup_group PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Shdr *, asection *)); |
| 56 | static void elf_fake_sections PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR)); |
| 57 | static void set_group_contents PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, PTR)); |
| 58 | static boolean assign_section_numbers PARAMS ((bfd *)); |
| 59 | static INLINE int sym_is_global PARAMS ((bfd *, asymbol *)); |
| 60 | static boolean elf_map_symbols PARAMS ((bfd *)); |
| 61 | static bfd_size_type get_program_header_size PARAMS ((bfd *)); |
| 62 | static boolean elfcore_read_notes PARAMS ((bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type)); |
| 63 | static boolean elf_find_function PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, |
| 64 | bfd_vma, const char **, |
| 65 | const char **)); |
| 66 | static int elfcore_make_pid PARAMS ((bfd *)); |
| 67 | static boolean elfcore_maybe_make_sect PARAMS ((bfd *, char *, asection *)); |
| 68 | static boolean elfcore_make_note_pseudosection PARAMS ((bfd *, char *, |
| 69 | Elf_Internal_Note *)); |
| 70 | static boolean elfcore_grok_prfpreg PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *)); |
| 71 | static boolean elfcore_grok_prxfpreg PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *)); |
| 72 | static boolean elfcore_grok_note PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *)); |
| 73 | |
| 74 | /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is |
| 75 | currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will |
| 76 | need to move into elfcode.h. */ |
| 77 | |
| 78 | /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */ |
| 79 | |
| 80 | void |
| 81 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, src, dst) |
| 82 | bfd *abfd; |
| 83 | const Elf_External_Verdef *src; |
| 84 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst; |
| 85 | { |
| 86 | dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version); |
| 87 | dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags); |
| 88 | dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx); |
| 89 | dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt); |
| 90 | dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash); |
| 91 | dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux); |
| 92 | dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next); |
| 93 | } |
| 94 | |
| 95 | /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */ |
| 96 | |
| 97 | void |
| 98 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (abfd, src, dst) |
| 99 | bfd *abfd; |
| 100 | const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src; |
| 101 | Elf_External_Verdef *dst; |
| 102 | { |
| 103 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version); |
| 104 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags); |
| 105 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx); |
| 106 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt); |
| 107 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash); |
| 108 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux); |
| 109 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next); |
| 110 | } |
| 111 | |
| 112 | /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */ |
| 113 | |
| 114 | void |
| 115 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, src, dst) |
| 116 | bfd *abfd; |
| 117 | const Elf_External_Verdaux *src; |
| 118 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst; |
| 119 | { |
| 120 | dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name); |
| 121 | dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next); |
| 122 | } |
| 123 | |
| 124 | /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */ |
| 125 | |
| 126 | void |
| 127 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (abfd, src, dst) |
| 128 | bfd *abfd; |
| 129 | const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src; |
| 130 | Elf_External_Verdaux *dst; |
| 131 | { |
| 132 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name); |
| 133 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next); |
| 134 | } |
| 135 | |
| 136 | /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */ |
| 137 | |
| 138 | void |
| 139 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, src, dst) |
| 140 | bfd *abfd; |
| 141 | const Elf_External_Verneed *src; |
| 142 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst; |
| 143 | { |
| 144 | dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version); |
| 145 | dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt); |
| 146 | dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file); |
| 147 | dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux); |
| 148 | dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next); |
| 149 | } |
| 150 | |
| 151 | /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */ |
| 152 | |
| 153 | void |
| 154 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (abfd, src, dst) |
| 155 | bfd *abfd; |
| 156 | const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src; |
| 157 | Elf_External_Verneed *dst; |
| 158 | { |
| 159 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version); |
| 160 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt); |
| 161 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file); |
| 162 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux); |
| 163 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next); |
| 164 | } |
| 165 | |
| 166 | /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */ |
| 167 | |
| 168 | void |
| 169 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, src, dst) |
| 170 | bfd *abfd; |
| 171 | const Elf_External_Vernaux *src; |
| 172 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst; |
| 173 | { |
| 174 | dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash); |
| 175 | dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags); |
| 176 | dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other); |
| 177 | dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name); |
| 178 | dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next); |
| 179 | } |
| 180 | |
| 181 | /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */ |
| 182 | |
| 183 | void |
| 184 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (abfd, src, dst) |
| 185 | bfd *abfd; |
| 186 | const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src; |
| 187 | Elf_External_Vernaux *dst; |
| 188 | { |
| 189 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash); |
| 190 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags); |
| 191 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other); |
| 192 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name); |
| 193 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next); |
| 194 | } |
| 195 | |
| 196 | /* Swap in a Versym structure. */ |
| 197 | |
| 198 | void |
| 199 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd, src, dst) |
| 200 | bfd *abfd; |
| 201 | const Elf_External_Versym *src; |
| 202 | Elf_Internal_Versym *dst; |
| 203 | { |
| 204 | dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers); |
| 205 | } |
| 206 | |
| 207 | /* Swap out a Versym structure. */ |
| 208 | |
| 209 | void |
| 210 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (abfd, src, dst) |
| 211 | bfd *abfd; |
| 212 | const Elf_Internal_Versym *src; |
| 213 | Elf_External_Versym *dst; |
| 214 | { |
| 215 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers); |
| 216 | } |
| 217 | |
| 218 | /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will |
| 219 | cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ |
| 220 | |
| 221 | unsigned long |
| 222 | bfd_elf_hash (namearg) |
| 223 | const char *namearg; |
| 224 | { |
| 225 | const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; |
| 226 | unsigned long h = 0; |
| 227 | unsigned long g; |
| 228 | int ch; |
| 229 | |
| 230 | while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') |
| 231 | { |
| 232 | h = (h << 4) + ch; |
| 233 | if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0) |
| 234 | { |
| 235 | h ^= g >> 24; |
| 236 | /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in |
| 237 | this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */ |
| 238 | h ^= g; |
| 239 | } |
| 240 | } |
| 241 | return h; |
| 242 | } |
| 243 | |
| 244 | /* Read a specified number of bytes at a specified offset in an ELF |
| 245 | file, into a newly allocated buffer, and return a pointer to the |
| 246 | buffer. */ |
| 247 | |
| 248 | static char * |
| 249 | elf_read (abfd, offset, size) |
| 250 | bfd *abfd; |
| 251 | file_ptr offset; |
| 252 | bfd_size_type size; |
| 253 | { |
| 254 | char *buf; |
| 255 | |
| 256 | if ((buf = bfd_alloc (abfd, size)) == NULL) |
| 257 | return NULL; |
| 258 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) |
| 259 | return NULL; |
| 260 | if (bfd_bread ((PTR) buf, size, abfd) != size) |
| 261 | { |
| 262 | if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call) |
| 263 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated); |
| 264 | return NULL; |
| 265 | } |
| 266 | return buf; |
| 267 | } |
| 268 | |
| 269 | boolean |
| 270 | bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd) |
| 271 | bfd *abfd; |
| 272 | { |
| 273 | /* This just does initialization. */ |
| 274 | /* coff_mkobject zalloc's space for tdata.coff_obj_data ... */ |
| 275 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata); |
| 276 | elf_tdata (abfd) = (struct elf_obj_tdata *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 277 | if (elf_tdata (abfd) == 0) |
| 278 | return false; |
| 279 | /* Since everything is done at close time, do we need any |
| 280 | initialization? */ |
| 281 | |
| 282 | return true; |
| 283 | } |
| 284 | |
| 285 | boolean |
| 286 | bfd_elf_mkcorefile (abfd) |
| 287 | bfd *abfd; |
| 288 | { |
| 289 | /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */ |
| 290 | return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd); |
| 291 | } |
| 292 | |
| 293 | char * |
| 294 | bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) |
| 295 | bfd *abfd; |
| 296 | unsigned int shindex; |
| 297 | { |
| 298 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
| 299 | char *shstrtab = NULL; |
| 300 | file_ptr offset; |
| 301 | bfd_size_type shstrtabsize; |
| 302 | |
| 303 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| 304 | if (i_shdrp == 0 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0) |
| 305 | return 0; |
| 306 | |
| 307 | shstrtab = (char *) i_shdrp[shindex]->contents; |
| 308 | if (shstrtab == NULL) |
| 309 | { |
| 310 | /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */ |
| 311 | offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset; |
| 312 | shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size; |
| 313 | shstrtab = elf_read (abfd, offset, shstrtabsize); |
| 314 | i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = (PTR) shstrtab; |
| 315 | } |
| 316 | return shstrtab; |
| 317 | } |
| 318 | |
| 319 | char * |
| 320 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, strindex) |
| 321 | bfd *abfd; |
| 322 | unsigned int shindex; |
| 323 | unsigned int strindex; |
| 324 | { |
| 325 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 326 | |
| 327 | if (strindex == 0) |
| 328 | return ""; |
| 329 | |
| 330 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; |
| 331 | |
| 332 | if (hdr->contents == NULL |
| 333 | && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL) |
| 334 | return NULL; |
| 335 | |
| 336 | if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size) |
| 337 | { |
| 338 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 339 | (_("%s: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"), |
| 340 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size, |
| 341 | ((shindex == elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx |
| 342 | && strindex == hdr->sh_name) |
| 343 | ? ".shstrtab" |
| 344 | : elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name))); |
| 345 | return ""; |
| 346 | } |
| 347 | |
| 348 | return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex; |
| 349 | } |
| 350 | |
| 351 | /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP |
| 352 | sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section |
| 353 | pointers. */ |
| 354 | |
| 355 | typedef union elf_internal_group { |
| 356 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr; |
| 357 | unsigned int flags; |
| 358 | } Elf_Internal_Group; |
| 359 | |
| 360 | /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */ |
| 361 | |
| 362 | static boolean |
| 363 | setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect) |
| 364 | bfd *abfd; |
| 365 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 366 | asection *newsect; |
| 367 | { |
| 368 | unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; |
| 369 | |
| 370 | /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count |
| 371 | is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */ |
| 372 | if (num_group == 0) |
| 373 | { |
| 374 | unsigned int i, shnum; |
| 375 | |
| 376 | /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP |
| 377 | section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */ |
| 378 | shnum = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; |
| 379 | num_group = 0; |
| 380 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) |
| 381 | { |
| 382 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| 383 | if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8) |
| 384 | num_group += 1; |
| 385 | } |
| 386 | |
| 387 | if (num_group == 0) |
| 388 | num_group = (unsigned) -1; |
| 389 | elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; |
| 390 | |
| 391 | if (num_group > 0) |
| 392 | { |
| 393 | /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections, |
| 394 | so we can find them quickly. */ |
| 395 | bfd_size_type amt = num_group * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *); |
| 396 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 397 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL) |
| 398 | return false; |
| 399 | |
| 400 | num_group = 0; |
| 401 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) |
| 402 | { |
| 403 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| 404 | if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8) |
| 405 | { |
| 406 | unsigned char *src; |
| 407 | Elf_Internal_Group *dest; |
| 408 | |
| 409 | /* Add to list of sections. */ |
| 410 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr; |
| 411 | num_group += 1; |
| 412 | |
| 413 | /* Read the raw contents. */ |
| 414 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4); |
| 415 | amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4; |
| 416 | shdr->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 417 | if (shdr->contents == NULL |
| 418 | || bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 419 | || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd) |
| 420 | != shdr->sh_size)) |
| 421 | return false; |
| 422 | |
| 423 | /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an |
| 424 | array of elf section indices all in target byte order, |
| 425 | to the flag word followed by an array of elf section |
| 426 | pointers. */ |
| 427 | src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size; |
| 428 | dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt); |
| 429 | while (1) |
| 430 | { |
| 431 | unsigned int idx; |
| 432 | |
| 433 | src -= 4; |
| 434 | --dest; |
| 435 | idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src); |
| 436 | if (src == shdr->contents) |
| 437 | { |
| 438 | dest->flags = idx; |
| 439 | break; |
| 440 | } |
| 441 | if (idx >= shnum) |
| 442 | { |
| 443 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 444 | (_("%s: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), |
| 445 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd))); |
| 446 | idx = 0; |
| 447 | } |
| 448 | dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx]; |
| 449 | } |
| 450 | } |
| 451 | } |
| 452 | } |
| 453 | } |
| 454 | |
| 455 | if (num_group != (unsigned) -1) |
| 456 | { |
| 457 | unsigned int i; |
| 458 | |
| 459 | for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) |
| 460 | { |
| 461 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; |
| 462 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; |
| 463 | unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; |
| 464 | |
| 465 | /* Look through this group's sections to see if current |
| 466 | section is a member. */ |
| 467 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
| 468 | if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr) |
| 469 | { |
| 470 | asection *s = NULL; |
| 471 | |
| 472 | /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through |
| 473 | other members to see if any others are linked via |
| 474 | next_in_group. */ |
| 475 | idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; |
| 476 | n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; |
| 477 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
| 478 | if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL |
| 479 | && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) |
| 480 | break; |
| 481 | if (n_elt != 0) |
| 482 | { |
| 483 | /* Snarf the group name from other member, and |
| 484 | insert current section in circular list. */ |
| 485 | elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s); |
| 486 | elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s); |
| 487 | elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect; |
| 488 | } |
| 489 | else |
| 490 | { |
| 491 | struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 492 | file_ptr pos; |
| 493 | unsigned char ename[4]; |
| 494 | unsigned long iname; |
| 495 | const char *gname; |
| 496 | |
| 497 | /* Humbug. Get the name from the group signature |
| 498 | symbol. Why isn't the signature just a string? |
| 499 | Fortunately, the name index is at the same |
| 500 | place in the external symbol for both 32 and 64 |
| 501 | bit ELF. */ |
| 502 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 503 | pos = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_offset; |
| 504 | pos += shdr->sh_info * bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 505 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 506 | || bfd_bread (ename, (bfd_size_type) 4, abfd) != 4) |
| 507 | return false; |
| 508 | iname = H_GET_32 (abfd, ename); |
| 509 | gname = elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, iname); |
| 510 | elf_group_name (newsect) = gname; |
| 511 | |
| 512 | /* Start a circular list with one element. */ |
| 513 | elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect; |
| 514 | } |
| 515 | if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL) |
| 516 | elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect; |
| 517 | i = num_group - 1; |
| 518 | break; |
| 519 | } |
| 520 | } |
| 521 | } |
| 522 | |
| 523 | if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL) |
| 524 | { |
| 525 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%s: no group info for section %s"), |
| 526 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), newsect->name); |
| 527 | } |
| 528 | return true; |
| 529 | } |
| 530 | |
| 531 | /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the |
| 532 | BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */ |
| 533 | |
| 534 | boolean |
| 535 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name) |
| 536 | bfd *abfd; |
| 537 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 538 | const char *name; |
| 539 | { |
| 540 | asection *newsect; |
| 541 | flagword flags; |
| 542 | struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 543 | |
| 544 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) |
| 545 | { |
| 546 | BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name, |
| 547 | bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0); |
| 548 | return true; |
| 549 | } |
| 550 | |
| 551 | newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
| 552 | if (newsect == NULL) |
| 553 | return false; |
| 554 | |
| 555 | newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset; |
| 556 | |
| 557 | if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr) |
| 558 | || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size) |
| 559 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect, |
| 560 | bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign))) |
| 561 | return false; |
| 562 | |
| 563 | flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; |
| 564 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| 565 | flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 566 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP) |
| 567 | flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| 568 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 569 | { |
| 570 | flags |= SEC_ALLOC; |
| 571 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| 572 | flags |= SEC_LOAD; |
| 573 | } |
| 574 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0) |
| 575 | flags |= SEC_READONLY; |
| 576 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) |
| 577 | flags |= SEC_CODE; |
| 578 | else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 579 | flags |= SEC_DATA; |
| 580 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0) |
| 581 | { |
| 582 | flags |= SEC_MERGE; |
| 583 | newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize; |
| 584 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0) |
| 585 | flags |= SEC_STRINGS; |
| 586 | } |
| 587 | if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) |
| 588 | if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect)) |
| 589 | return false; |
| 590 | |
| 591 | /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name, not |
| 592 | any sort of flag. */ |
| 593 | { |
| 594 | static const char *debug_sec_names [] = |
| 595 | { |
| 596 | ".debug", |
| 597 | ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", |
| 598 | ".line", |
| 599 | ".stab" |
| 600 | }; |
| 601 | int i; |
| 602 | |
| 603 | for (i = ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sec_names); i--;) |
| 604 | if (strncmp (name, debug_sec_names[i], strlen (debug_sec_names[i])) == 0) |
| 605 | break; |
| 606 | |
| 607 | if (i >= 0) |
| 608 | flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING; |
| 609 | } |
| 610 | |
| 611 | /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we |
| 612 | only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support |
| 613 | g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section. |
| 614 | The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions |
| 615 | are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard |
| 616 | all but one of the sections. */ |
| 617 | if (strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0) |
| 618 | flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; |
| 619 | |
| 620 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 621 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags) |
| 622 | if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr)) |
| 623 | return false; |
| 624 | |
| 625 | if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags)) |
| 626 | return false; |
| 627 | |
| 628 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 629 | { |
| 630 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr; |
| 631 | unsigned int i; |
| 632 | |
| 633 | /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma. |
| 634 | If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since |
| 635 | some ELF linkers produce such output. */ |
| 636 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
| 637 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) |
| 638 | { |
| 639 | if (phdr->p_paddr != 0) |
| 640 | break; |
| 641 | } |
| 642 | if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum) |
| 643 | { |
| 644 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
| 645 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) |
| 646 | { |
| 647 | /* This section is part of this segment if its file |
| 648 | offset plus size lies within the segment's memory |
| 649 | span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the |
| 650 | loaded data lies within the extent of the segment. |
| 651 | If the p_paddr field is not set, we don't alter the |
| 652 | LMA. */ |
| 653 | if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| 654 | && phdr->p_paddr |
| 655 | && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset |
| 656 | && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size |
| 657 | <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz) |
| 658 | && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0 |
| 659 | || (phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz |
| 660 | >= hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size))) |
| 661 | { |
| 662 | /* We used to do a relative adjustment here, but |
| 663 | that doesn't work if the segment is packed with |
| 664 | code from multiple VMAs. Instead we calculate |
| 665 | the LMA absoultely, based on the LMA of the |
| 666 | segment (it is assumed that the segment will |
| 667 | contain sections with contiguous LMAs, even if |
| 668 | the VMAs are not). */ |
| 669 | newsect->lma = phdr->p_paddr |
| 670 | + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset; |
| 671 | break; |
| 672 | } |
| 673 | } |
| 674 | } |
| 675 | } |
| 676 | |
| 677 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect; |
| 678 | elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr; |
| 679 | |
| 680 | return true; |
| 681 | } |
| 682 | |
| 683 | /* |
| 684 | INTERNAL_FUNCTION |
| 685 | bfd_elf_find_section |
| 686 | |
| 687 | SYNOPSIS |
| 688 | struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name); |
| 689 | |
| 690 | DESCRIPTION |
| 691 | Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables. |
| 692 | Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an |
| 693 | internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular, |
| 694 | isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary |
| 695 | mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some. |
| 696 | */ |
| 697 | |
| 698 | struct elf_internal_shdr * |
| 699 | bfd_elf_find_section (abfd, name) |
| 700 | bfd *abfd; |
| 701 | char *name; |
| 702 | { |
| 703 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
| 704 | char *shstrtab; |
| 705 | unsigned int max; |
| 706 | unsigned int i; |
| 707 | |
| 708 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| 709 | if (i_shdrp != NULL) |
| 710 | { |
| 711 | shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section |
| 712 | (abfd, elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx); |
| 713 | if (shstrtab != NULL) |
| 714 | { |
| 715 | max = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; |
| 716 | for (i = 1; i < max; i++) |
| 717 | if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name)) |
| 718 | return i_shdrp[i]; |
| 719 | } |
| 720 | } |
| 721 | return 0; |
| 722 | } |
| 723 | |
| 724 | const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = { |
| 725 | "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB", |
| 726 | "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE", |
| 727 | "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM", |
| 728 | }; |
| 729 | |
| 730 | /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocateable |
| 731 | output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing |
| 732 | has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also |
| 733 | be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to |
| 734 | change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will |
| 735 | all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code |
| 736 | into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto |
| 737 | function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing |
| 738 | relocateable output against an external symbol. */ |
| 739 | |
| 740 | bfd_reloc_status_type |
| 741 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, |
| 742 | reloc_entry, |
| 743 | symbol, |
| 744 | data, |
| 745 | input_section, |
| 746 | output_bfd, |
| 747 | error_message) |
| 748 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 749 | arelent *reloc_entry; |
| 750 | asymbol *symbol; |
| 751 | PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 752 | asection *input_section; |
| 753 | bfd *output_bfd; |
| 754 | char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 755 | { |
| 756 | if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL |
| 757 | && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 |
| 758 | && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace |
| 759 | || reloc_entry->addend == 0)) |
| 760 | { |
| 761 | reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; |
| 762 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
| 763 | } |
| 764 | |
| 765 | return bfd_reloc_continue; |
| 766 | } |
| 767 | \f |
| 768 | /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */ |
| 769 | |
| 770 | boolean |
| 771 | _bfd_elf_merge_sections (abfd, info) |
| 772 | bfd *abfd; |
| 773 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 774 | { |
| 775 | if (!is_elf_hash_table (info)) |
| 776 | return false; |
| 777 | if (elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info) |
| 778 | _bfd_merge_sections (abfd, elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info); |
| 779 | return true; |
| 780 | } |
| 781 | \f |
| 782 | /* Print out the program headers. */ |
| 783 | |
| 784 | boolean |
| 785 | _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, farg) |
| 786 | bfd *abfd; |
| 787 | PTR farg; |
| 788 | { |
| 789 | FILE *f = (FILE *) farg; |
| 790 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
| 791 | asection *s; |
| 792 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL; |
| 793 | |
| 794 | p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
| 795 | if (p != NULL) |
| 796 | { |
| 797 | unsigned int i, c; |
| 798 | |
| 799 | fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n")); |
| 800 | c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; |
| 801 | for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++) |
| 802 | { |
| 803 | const char *pt; |
| 804 | char buf[20]; |
| 805 | |
| 806 | switch (p->p_type) |
| 807 | { |
| 808 | case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break; |
| 809 | case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break; |
| 810 | case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break; |
| 811 | case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break; |
| 812 | case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break; |
| 813 | case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break; |
| 814 | case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break; |
| 815 | default: sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); pt = buf; break; |
| 816 | } |
| 817 | fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt); |
| 818 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset); |
| 819 | fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x"); |
| 820 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr); |
| 821 | fprintf (f, " paddr 0x"); |
| 822 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr); |
| 823 | fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align)); |
| 824 | fprintf (f, " filesz 0x"); |
| 825 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz); |
| 826 | fprintf (f, " memsz 0x"); |
| 827 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz); |
| 828 | fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c", |
| 829 | (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-', |
| 830 | (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-', |
| 831 | (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-'); |
| 832 | if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0) |
| 833 | fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)); |
| 834 | fprintf (f, "\n"); |
| 835 | } |
| 836 | } |
| 837 | |
| 838 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
| 839 | if (s != NULL) |
| 840 | { |
| 841 | int elfsec; |
| 842 | unsigned long shlink; |
| 843 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; |
| 844 | size_t extdynsize; |
| 845 | void (*swap_dyn_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, const PTR, Elf_Internal_Dyn *)); |
| 846 | |
| 847 | fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n")); |
| 848 | |
| 849 | dynbuf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (s->_raw_size); |
| 850 | if (dynbuf == NULL) |
| 851 | goto error_return; |
| 852 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, (PTR) dynbuf, (file_ptr) 0, |
| 853 | s->_raw_size)) |
| 854 | goto error_return; |
| 855 | |
| 856 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); |
| 857 | if (elfsec == -1) |
| 858 | goto error_return; |
| 859 | shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link; |
| 860 | |
| 861 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; |
| 862 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; |
| 863 | |
| 864 | extdyn = dynbuf; |
| 865 | extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size; |
| 866 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) |
| 867 | { |
| 868 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
| 869 | const char *name; |
| 870 | char ab[20]; |
| 871 | boolean stringp; |
| 872 | |
| 873 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, (PTR) extdyn, &dyn); |
| 874 | |
| 875 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) |
| 876 | break; |
| 877 | |
| 878 | stringp = false; |
| 879 | switch (dyn.d_tag) |
| 880 | { |
| 881 | default: |
| 882 | sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag); |
| 883 | name = ab; |
| 884 | break; |
| 885 | |
| 886 | case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = true; break; |
| 887 | case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break; |
| 888 | case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break; |
| 889 | case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break; |
| 890 | case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break; |
| 891 | case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break; |
| 892 | case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break; |
| 893 | case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break; |
| 894 | case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break; |
| 895 | case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break; |
| 896 | case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break; |
| 897 | case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break; |
| 898 | case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break; |
| 899 | case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = true; break; |
| 900 | case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = true; break; |
| 901 | case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break; |
| 902 | case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break; |
| 903 | case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break; |
| 904 | case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break; |
| 905 | case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break; |
| 906 | case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break; |
| 907 | case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break; |
| 908 | case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break; |
| 909 | case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break; |
| 910 | case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break; |
| 911 | case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break; |
| 912 | case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
| 913 | case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
| 914 | case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = true; break; |
| 915 | case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break; |
| 916 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break; |
| 917 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
| 918 | case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break; |
| 919 | case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break; |
| 920 | case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break; |
| 921 | case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break; |
| 922 | case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break; |
| 923 | case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break; |
| 924 | case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break; |
| 925 | case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break; |
| 926 | case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = true; break; |
| 927 | case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = true; break; |
| 928 | case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = true; break; |
| 929 | case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break; |
| 930 | case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break; |
| 931 | case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break; |
| 932 | case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break; |
| 933 | case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break; |
| 934 | case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break; |
| 935 | case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break; |
| 936 | case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break; |
| 937 | case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break; |
| 938 | case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break; |
| 939 | case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break; |
| 940 | case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = true; break; |
| 941 | case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break; |
| 942 | case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = true; break; |
| 943 | } |
| 944 | |
| 945 | fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name); |
| 946 | if (! stringp) |
| 947 | fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val); |
| 948 | else |
| 949 | { |
| 950 | const char *string; |
| 951 | unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; |
| 952 | |
| 953 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); |
| 954 | if (string == NULL) |
| 955 | goto error_return; |
| 956 | fprintf (f, "%s", string); |
| 957 | } |
| 958 | fprintf (f, "\n"); |
| 959 | } |
| 960 | |
| 961 | free (dynbuf); |
| 962 | dynbuf = NULL; |
| 963 | } |
| 964 | |
| 965 | if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) |
| 966 | || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)) |
| 967 | { |
| 968 | if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd)) |
| 969 | return false; |
| 970 | } |
| 971 | |
| 972 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) |
| 973 | { |
| 974 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *t; |
| 975 | |
| 976 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n")); |
| 977 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef) |
| 978 | { |
| 979 | fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx, |
| 980 | t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash, t->vd_nodename); |
| 981 | if (t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL) |
| 982 | { |
| 983 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a; |
| 984 | |
| 985 | fprintf (f, "\t"); |
| 986 | for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr; |
| 987 | a != NULL; |
| 988 | a = a->vda_nextptr) |
| 989 | fprintf (f, "%s ", a->vda_nodename); |
| 990 | fprintf (f, "\n"); |
| 991 | } |
| 992 | } |
| 993 | } |
| 994 | |
| 995 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) |
| 996 | { |
| 997 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; |
| 998 | |
| 999 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n")); |
| 1000 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref) |
| 1001 | { |
| 1002 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; |
| 1003 | |
| 1004 | fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"), t->vn_filename); |
| 1005 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) |
| 1006 | fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash, |
| 1007 | a->vna_flags, a->vna_other, a->vna_nodename); |
| 1008 | } |
| 1009 | } |
| 1010 | |
| 1011 | return true; |
| 1012 | |
| 1013 | error_return: |
| 1014 | if (dynbuf != NULL) |
| 1015 | free (dynbuf); |
| 1016 | return false; |
| 1017 | } |
| 1018 | |
| 1019 | /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */ |
| 1020 | |
| 1021 | void |
| 1022 | bfd_elf_print_symbol (abfd, filep, symbol, how) |
| 1023 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1024 | PTR filep; |
| 1025 | asymbol *symbol; |
| 1026 | bfd_print_symbol_type how; |
| 1027 | { |
| 1028 | FILE *file = (FILE *) filep; |
| 1029 | switch (how) |
| 1030 | { |
| 1031 | case bfd_print_symbol_name: |
| 1032 | fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name); |
| 1033 | break; |
| 1034 | case bfd_print_symbol_more: |
| 1035 | fprintf (file, "elf "); |
| 1036 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value); |
| 1037 | fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags); |
| 1038 | break; |
| 1039 | case bfd_print_symbol_all: |
| 1040 | { |
| 1041 | const char *section_name; |
| 1042 | const char *name = NULL; |
| 1043 | struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 1044 | unsigned char st_other; |
| 1045 | bfd_vma val; |
| 1046 | |
| 1047 | section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)"; |
| 1048 | |
| 1049 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 1050 | if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) |
| 1051 | name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol); |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 | if (name == NULL) |
| 1054 | { |
| 1055 | name = symbol->name; |
| 1056 | bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, (PTR) file, symbol); |
| 1057 | } |
| 1058 | |
| 1059 | fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name); |
| 1060 | /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols, |
| 1061 | we've already printed the size; now print the alignment. |
| 1062 | For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and |
| 1063 | we've printed the address; now print the size. */ |
| 1064 | if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) |
| 1065 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value; |
| 1066 | else |
| 1067 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; |
| 1068 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val); |
| 1069 | |
| 1070 | /* If we have version information, print it. */ |
| 1071 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0 |
| 1072 | && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0 |
| 1073 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0)) |
| 1074 | { |
| 1075 | unsigned int vernum; |
| 1076 | const char *version_string; |
| 1077 | |
| 1078 | vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION; |
| 1079 | |
| 1080 | if (vernum == 0) |
| 1081 | version_string = ""; |
| 1082 | else if (vernum == 1) |
| 1083 | version_string = "Base"; |
| 1084 | else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs) |
| 1085 | version_string = |
| 1086 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename; |
| 1087 | else |
| 1088 | { |
| 1089 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; |
| 1090 | |
| 1091 | version_string = ""; |
| 1092 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; |
| 1093 | t != NULL; |
| 1094 | t = t->vn_nextref) |
| 1095 | { |
| 1096 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; |
| 1097 | |
| 1098 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) |
| 1099 | { |
| 1100 | if (a->vna_other == vernum) |
| 1101 | { |
| 1102 | version_string = a->vna_nodename; |
| 1103 | break; |
| 1104 | } |
| 1105 | } |
| 1106 | } |
| 1107 | } |
| 1108 | |
| 1109 | if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0) |
| 1110 | fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string); |
| 1111 | else |
| 1112 | { |
| 1113 | int i; |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 | fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string); |
| 1116 | for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i) |
| 1117 | putc (' ', file); |
| 1118 | } |
| 1119 | } |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 | /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */ |
| 1122 | st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other; |
| 1123 | |
| 1124 | switch (st_other) |
| 1125 | { |
| 1126 | case 0: break; |
| 1127 | case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break; |
| 1128 | case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break; |
| 1129 | case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break; |
| 1130 | default: |
| 1131 | /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print |
| 1132 | everything hex. */ |
| 1133 | fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other); |
| 1134 | } |
| 1135 | |
| 1136 | fprintf (file, " %s", name); |
| 1137 | } |
| 1138 | break; |
| 1139 | } |
| 1140 | } |
| 1141 | \f |
| 1142 | /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 | struct bfd_hash_entry * |
| 1145 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string) |
| 1146 | struct bfd_hash_entry *entry; |
| 1147 | struct bfd_hash_table *table; |
| 1148 | const char *string; |
| 1149 | { |
| 1150 | /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a |
| 1151 | subclass. */ |
| 1152 | if (entry == NULL) |
| 1153 | { |
| 1154 | entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)); |
| 1155 | if (entry == NULL) |
| 1156 | return entry; |
| 1157 | } |
| 1158 | |
| 1159 | /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ |
| 1160 | entry = _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string); |
| 1161 | if (entry != NULL) |
| 1162 | { |
| 1163 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) entry; |
| 1164 | struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) table; |
| 1165 | |
| 1166 | /* Set local fields. */ |
| 1167 | ret->indx = -1; |
| 1168 | ret->size = 0; |
| 1169 | ret->dynindx = -1; |
| 1170 | ret->dynstr_index = 0; |
| 1171 | ret->weakdef = NULL; |
| 1172 | ret->got.refcount = htab->init_refcount; |
| 1173 | ret->plt.refcount = htab->init_refcount; |
| 1174 | ret->linker_section_pointer = NULL; |
| 1175 | ret->verinfo.verdef = NULL; |
| 1176 | ret->vtable_entries_used = NULL; |
| 1177 | ret->vtable_entries_size = 0; |
| 1178 | ret->vtable_parent = NULL; |
| 1179 | ret->type = STT_NOTYPE; |
| 1180 | ret->other = 0; |
| 1181 | /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader. |
| 1182 | This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input |
| 1183 | file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol |
| 1184 | reader will have the flag set correctly. */ |
| 1185 | ret->elf_link_hash_flags = ELF_LINK_NON_ELF; |
| 1186 | } |
| 1187 | |
| 1188 | return entry; |
| 1189 | } |
| 1190 | |
| 1191 | /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the |
| 1192 | old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */ |
| 1193 | |
| 1194 | void |
| 1195 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (dir, ind) |
| 1196 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, *ind; |
| 1197 | { |
| 1198 | bfd_signed_vma tmp; |
| 1199 | |
| 1200 | /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the |
| 1201 | symbol which just became indirect. */ |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 | dir->elf_link_hash_flags |= |
| 1204 | (ind->elf_link_hash_flags |
| 1205 | & (ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC |
| 1206 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR |
| 1207 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR_NONWEAK |
| 1208 | | ELF_LINK_NON_GOT_REF)); |
| 1209 | |
| 1210 | if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| 1211 | return; |
| 1212 | |
| 1213 | /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries. |
| 1214 | These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */ |
| 1215 | tmp = dir->got.refcount; |
| 1216 | if (tmp <= 0) |
| 1217 | { |
| 1218 | dir->got.refcount = ind->got.refcount; |
| 1219 | ind->got.refcount = tmp; |
| 1220 | } |
| 1221 | else |
| 1222 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->got.refcount <= 0); |
| 1223 | |
| 1224 | tmp = dir->plt.refcount; |
| 1225 | if (tmp <= 0) |
| 1226 | { |
| 1227 | dir->plt.refcount = ind->plt.refcount; |
| 1228 | ind->plt.refcount = tmp; |
| 1229 | } |
| 1230 | else |
| 1231 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->plt.refcount <= 0); |
| 1232 | |
| 1233 | if (dir->dynindx == -1) |
| 1234 | { |
| 1235 | dir->dynindx = ind->dynindx; |
| 1236 | dir->dynstr_index = ind->dynstr_index; |
| 1237 | ind->dynindx = -1; |
| 1238 | ind->dynstr_index = 0; |
| 1239 | } |
| 1240 | else |
| 1241 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->dynindx == -1); |
| 1242 | } |
| 1243 | |
| 1244 | void |
| 1245 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h) |
| 1246 | struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 1247 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 1248 | { |
| 1249 | h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT; |
| 1250 | h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 1251 | if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0) |
| 1252 | h->dynindx = -1; |
| 1253 | } |
| 1254 | |
| 1255 | /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 1256 | |
| 1257 | boolean |
| 1258 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (table, abfd, newfunc) |
| 1259 | struct elf_link_hash_table *table; |
| 1260 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1261 | struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, |
| 1262 | struct bfd_hash_table *, |
| 1263 | const char *)); |
| 1264 | { |
| 1265 | boolean ret; |
| 1266 | |
| 1267 | table->dynamic_sections_created = false; |
| 1268 | table->dynobj = NULL; |
| 1269 | table->init_refcount = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->can_refcount - 1; |
| 1270 | /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */ |
| 1271 | table->dynsymcount = 1; |
| 1272 | table->dynstr = NULL; |
| 1273 | table->bucketcount = 0; |
| 1274 | table->needed = NULL; |
| 1275 | table->runpath = NULL; |
| 1276 | table->hgot = NULL; |
| 1277 | table->stab_info = NULL; |
| 1278 | table->merge_info = NULL; |
| 1279 | table->dynlocal = NULL; |
| 1280 | ret = _bfd_link_hash_table_init (& table->root, abfd, newfunc); |
| 1281 | table->root.type = bfd_link_elf_hash_table; |
| 1282 | |
| 1283 | return ret; |
| 1284 | } |
| 1285 | |
| 1286 | /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 1287 | |
| 1288 | struct bfd_link_hash_table * |
| 1289 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd) |
| 1290 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1291 | { |
| 1292 | struct elf_link_hash_table *ret; |
| 1293 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table); |
| 1294 | |
| 1295 | ret = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 1296 | if (ret == (struct elf_link_hash_table *) NULL) |
| 1297 | return NULL; |
| 1298 | |
| 1299 | if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret, abfd, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc)) |
| 1300 | { |
| 1301 | bfd_release (abfd, ret); |
| 1302 | return NULL; |
| 1303 | } |
| 1304 | |
| 1305 | return &ret->root; |
| 1306 | } |
| 1307 | |
| 1308 | /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to |
| 1309 | tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED |
| 1310 | entry for a dynamic object. The generic linker passes name as an |
| 1311 | empty string to indicate that no DT_NEEDED entry should be made. */ |
| 1312 | |
| 1313 | void |
| 1314 | bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (abfd, name) |
| 1315 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1316 | const char *name; |
| 1317 | { |
| 1318 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 1319 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object) |
| 1320 | elf_dt_name (abfd) = name; |
| 1321 | } |
| 1322 | |
| 1323 | void |
| 1324 | bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_soname (abfd, name) |
| 1325 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1326 | const char *name; |
| 1327 | { |
| 1328 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 1329 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object) |
| 1330 | elf_dt_soname (abfd) = name; |
| 1331 | } |
| 1332 | |
| 1333 | /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for |
| 1334 | the linker ELF emulation code. */ |
| 1335 | |
| 1336 | struct bfd_link_needed_list * |
| 1337 | bfd_elf_get_needed_list (abfd, info) |
| 1338 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 1339 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 1340 | { |
| 1341 | if (info->hash->creator->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 1342 | return NULL; |
| 1343 | return elf_hash_table (info)->needed; |
| 1344 | } |
| 1345 | |
| 1346 | /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a |
| 1347 | hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */ |
| 1348 | |
| 1349 | struct bfd_link_needed_list * |
| 1350 | bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (abfd, info) |
| 1351 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 1352 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 1353 | { |
| 1354 | if (info->hash->creator->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 1355 | return NULL; |
| 1356 | return elf_hash_table (info)->runpath; |
| 1357 | } |
| 1358 | |
| 1359 | /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This |
| 1360 | is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string |
| 1361 | passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */ |
| 1362 | |
| 1363 | const char * |
| 1364 | bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd) |
| 1365 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1366 | { |
| 1367 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 1368 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object) |
| 1369 | return elf_dt_name (abfd); |
| 1370 | return NULL; |
| 1371 | } |
| 1372 | |
| 1373 | /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for |
| 1374 | the ELF linker emulation code. */ |
| 1375 | |
| 1376 | boolean |
| 1377 | bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (abfd, pneeded) |
| 1378 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1379 | struct bfd_link_needed_list **pneeded; |
| 1380 | { |
| 1381 | asection *s; |
| 1382 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL; |
| 1383 | int elfsec; |
| 1384 | unsigned long shlink; |
| 1385 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; |
| 1386 | size_t extdynsize; |
| 1387 | void (*swap_dyn_in) PARAMS ((bfd *, const PTR, Elf_Internal_Dyn *)); |
| 1388 | |
| 1389 | *pneeded = NULL; |
| 1390 | |
| 1391 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 1392 | || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object) |
| 1393 | return true; |
| 1394 | |
| 1395 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
| 1396 | if (s == NULL || s->_raw_size == 0) |
| 1397 | return true; |
| 1398 | |
| 1399 | dynbuf = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (s->_raw_size); |
| 1400 | if (dynbuf == NULL) |
| 1401 | goto error_return; |
| 1402 | |
| 1403 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, (PTR) dynbuf, (file_ptr) 0, |
| 1404 | s->_raw_size)) |
| 1405 | goto error_return; |
| 1406 | |
| 1407 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); |
| 1408 | if (elfsec == -1) |
| 1409 | goto error_return; |
| 1410 | |
| 1411 | shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link; |
| 1412 | |
| 1413 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; |
| 1414 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; |
| 1415 | |
| 1416 | extdyn = dynbuf; |
| 1417 | extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size; |
| 1418 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) |
| 1419 | { |
| 1420 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, (PTR) extdyn, &dyn); |
| 1423 | |
| 1424 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) |
| 1425 | break; |
| 1426 | |
| 1427 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED) |
| 1428 | { |
| 1429 | const char *string; |
| 1430 | struct bfd_link_needed_list *l; |
| 1431 | unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; |
| 1432 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 1433 | |
| 1434 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); |
| 1435 | if (string == NULL) |
| 1436 | goto error_return; |
| 1437 | |
| 1438 | amt = sizeof *l; |
| 1439 | l = (struct bfd_link_needed_list *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 1440 | if (l == NULL) |
| 1441 | goto error_return; |
| 1442 | |
| 1443 | l->by = abfd; |
| 1444 | l->name = string; |
| 1445 | l->next = *pneeded; |
| 1446 | *pneeded = l; |
| 1447 | } |
| 1448 | } |
| 1449 | |
| 1450 | free (dynbuf); |
| 1451 | |
| 1452 | return true; |
| 1453 | |
| 1454 | error_return: |
| 1455 | if (dynbuf != NULL) |
| 1456 | free (dynbuf); |
| 1457 | return false; |
| 1458 | } |
| 1459 | \f |
| 1460 | /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */ |
| 1461 | |
| 1462 | struct bfd_strtab_hash * |
| 1463 | _bfd_elf_stringtab_init () |
| 1464 | { |
| 1465 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret; |
| 1466 | |
| 1467 | ret = _bfd_stringtab_init (); |
| 1468 | if (ret != NULL) |
| 1469 | { |
| 1470 | bfd_size_type loc; |
| 1471 | |
| 1472 | loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", true, false); |
| 1473 | BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1); |
| 1474 | if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
| 1475 | { |
| 1476 | _bfd_stringtab_free (ret); |
| 1477 | ret = NULL; |
| 1478 | } |
| 1479 | } |
| 1480 | return ret; |
| 1481 | } |
| 1482 | \f |
| 1483 | /* ELF .o/exec file reading */ |
| 1484 | |
| 1485 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */ |
| 1486 | |
| 1487 | boolean |
| 1488 | bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, shindex) |
| 1489 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1490 | unsigned int shindex; |
| 1491 | { |
| 1492 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; |
| 1493 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 1494 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 1495 | char *name; |
| 1496 | |
| 1497 | name = elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name); |
| 1498 | |
| 1499 | switch (hdr->sh_type) |
| 1500 | { |
| 1501 | case SHT_NULL: |
| 1502 | /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */ |
| 1503 | return true; |
| 1504 | |
| 1505 | case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */ |
| 1506 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */ |
| 1507 | case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */ |
| 1508 | case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */ |
| 1509 | case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */ |
| 1510 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 1511 | |
| 1512 | case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */ |
| 1513 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex) |
| 1514 | return true; |
| 1515 | |
| 1516 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym); |
| 1517 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0); |
| 1518 | elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex; |
| 1519 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1520 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 1521 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; |
| 1522 | |
| 1523 | /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If |
| 1524 | SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also |
| 1525 | treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the |
| 1526 | decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes |
| 1527 | set in a relocateable object file, which would confuse the |
| 1528 | linker. */ |
| 1529 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 1530 | && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 |
| 1531 | && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)) |
| 1532 | return false; |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 | return true; |
| 1535 | |
| 1536 | case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */ |
| 1537 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex) |
| 1538 | return true; |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym); |
| 1541 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0); |
| 1542 | elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex; |
| 1543 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1544 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; |
| 1545 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; |
| 1546 | |
| 1547 | /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular |
| 1548 | section, so that objcopy can handle it. */ |
| 1549 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 1550 | |
| 1551 | case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */ |
| 1552 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) |
| 1553 | return true; |
| 1554 | if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex) |
| 1555 | { |
| 1556 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1557 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; |
| 1558 | return true; |
| 1559 | } |
| 1560 | { |
| 1561 | unsigned int i; |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 | for (i = 1; i < ehdr->e_shnum; i++) |
| 1564 | { |
| 1565 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| 1566 | if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex) |
| 1567 | { |
| 1568 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i)) |
| 1569 | return false; |
| 1570 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i) |
| 1571 | { |
| 1572 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1573 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = |
| 1574 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; |
| 1575 | return true; |
| 1576 | } |
| 1577 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i) |
| 1578 | { |
| 1579 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1580 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = |
| 1581 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr; |
| 1582 | /* We also treat this as a regular section, so |
| 1583 | that objcopy can handle it. */ |
| 1584 | break; |
| 1585 | } |
| 1586 | #if 0 /* Not handling other string tables specially right now. */ |
| 1587 | hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; /* in case it moved */ |
| 1588 | /* We have a strtab for some random other section. */ |
| 1589 | newsect = (asection *) hdr2->bfd_section; |
| 1590 | if (!newsect) |
| 1591 | break; |
| 1592 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect; |
| 1593 | hdr2 = &elf_section_data (newsect)->str_hdr; |
| 1594 | *hdr2 = *hdr; |
| 1595 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2; |
| 1596 | #endif |
| 1597 | } |
| 1598 | } |
| 1599 | } |
| 1600 | |
| 1601 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 1602 | |
| 1603 | case SHT_REL: |
| 1604 | case SHT_RELA: |
| 1605 | /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */ |
| 1606 | { |
| 1607 | asection *target_sect; |
| 1608 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2; |
| 1609 | |
| 1610 | /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */ |
| 1611 | if (hdr->sh_link >= ehdr->e_shnum) |
| 1612 | { |
| 1613 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 1614 | (_("%s: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"), |
| 1615 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), hdr->sh_link, name, shindex)); |
| 1616 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 1617 | } |
| 1618 | |
| 1619 | /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes |
| 1620 | libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have |
| 1621 | bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just |
| 1622 | reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use |
| 1623 | them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only |
| 1624 | one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point |
| 1625 | to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */ |
| 1626 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB |
| 1627 | && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM) |
| 1628 | { |
| 1629 | int scan; |
| 1630 | int found; |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 | found = 0; |
| 1633 | for (scan = 1; scan < ehdr->e_shnum; scan++) |
| 1634 | { |
| 1635 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB |
| 1636 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) |
| 1637 | { |
| 1638 | if (found != 0) |
| 1639 | { |
| 1640 | found = 0; |
| 1641 | break; |
| 1642 | } |
| 1643 | found = scan; |
| 1644 | } |
| 1645 | } |
| 1646 | if (found != 0) |
| 1647 | hdr->sh_link = found; |
| 1648 | } |
| 1649 | |
| 1650 | /* Get the symbol table. */ |
| 1651 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB |
| 1652 | && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link)) |
| 1653 | return false; |
| 1654 | |
| 1655 | /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we |
| 1656 | don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately |
| 1657 | represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't |
| 1658 | try. We just present it as a normal section. We also |
| 1659 | can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null |
| 1660 | section. */ |
| 1661 | if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd) || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF) |
| 1662 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 1663 | |
| 1664 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info)) |
| 1665 | return false; |
| 1666 | target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info); |
| 1667 | if (target_sect == NULL) |
| 1668 | return false; |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 | if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 |
| 1671 | || target_sect->reloc_count == 0) |
| 1672 | hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr; |
| 1673 | else |
| 1674 | { |
| 1675 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 1676 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL); |
| 1677 | amt = sizeof (*hdr2); |
| 1678 | hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 1679 | elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2; |
| 1680 | } |
| 1681 | *hdr2 = *hdr; |
| 1682 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2; |
| 1683 | target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr); |
| 1684 | target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC; |
| 1685 | target_sect->relocation = NULL; |
| 1686 | target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset; |
| 1687 | /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether |
| 1688 | its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */ |
| 1689 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
| 1690 | elf_section_data (target_sect)->use_rela_p |
| 1691 | = (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA); |
| 1692 | abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC; |
| 1693 | return true; |
| 1694 | } |
| 1695 | break; |
| 1696 | |
| 1697 | case SHT_GNU_verdef: |
| 1698 | elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex; |
| 1699 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1700 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 1701 | break; |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 | case SHT_GNU_versym: |
| 1704 | elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex; |
| 1705 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1706 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 1707 | break; |
| 1708 | |
| 1709 | case SHT_GNU_verneed: |
| 1710 | elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex; |
| 1711 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1712 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 1713 | break; |
| 1714 | |
| 1715 | case SHT_SHLIB: |
| 1716 | return true; |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 | case SHT_GROUP: |
| 1719 | /* Make a section for objcopy and relocatable links. */ |
| 1720 | if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)) |
| 1721 | return false; |
| 1722 | if (hdr->contents != NULL) |
| 1723 | { |
| 1724 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents; |
| 1725 | unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / 4; |
| 1726 | asection *s; |
| 1727 | |
| 1728 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
| 1729 | if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL |
| 1730 | && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) |
| 1731 | { |
| 1732 | elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s; |
| 1733 | break; |
| 1734 | } |
| 1735 | } |
| 1736 | break; |
| 1737 | |
| 1738 | default: |
| 1739 | /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */ |
| 1740 | { |
| 1741 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) |
| 1742 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 1743 | } |
| 1744 | break; |
| 1745 | } |
| 1746 | |
| 1747 | return true; |
| 1748 | } |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 | /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. |
| 1751 | Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */ |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 | asection * |
| 1754 | bfd_section_from_r_symndx (abfd, cache, sec, r_symndx) |
| 1755 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1756 | struct sym_sec_cache *cache; |
| 1757 | asection *sec; |
| 1758 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 1759 | { |
| 1760 | unsigned char esym_shndx[2]; |
| 1761 | unsigned int isym_shndx; |
| 1762 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 1763 | file_ptr pos; |
| 1764 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 1765 | unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE; |
| 1766 | |
| 1767 | if (cache->abfd == abfd && cache->indx[ent] == r_symndx) |
| 1768 | return cache->sec[ent]; |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 1771 | pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset; |
| 1772 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym |
| 1773 | == sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)) |
| 1774 | { |
| 1775 | pos += r_symndx * sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym); |
| 1776 | pos += offsetof (Elf64_External_Sym, st_shndx); |
| 1777 | } |
| 1778 | else |
| 1779 | { |
| 1780 | pos += r_symndx * sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym); |
| 1781 | pos += offsetof (Elf32_External_Sym, st_shndx); |
| 1782 | } |
| 1783 | amt = sizeof (esym_shndx); |
| 1784 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 1785 | || bfd_bread ((PTR) esym_shndx, amt, abfd) != amt) |
| 1786 | return NULL; |
| 1787 | isym_shndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, esym_shndx); |
| 1788 | |
| 1789 | if (cache->abfd != abfd) |
| 1790 | { |
| 1791 | memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx)); |
| 1792 | cache->abfd = abfd; |
| 1793 | } |
| 1794 | cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx; |
| 1795 | cache->sec[ent] = sec; |
| 1796 | if (isym_shndx > 0 && isym_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE) |
| 1797 | { |
| 1798 | asection *s; |
| 1799 | s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym_shndx); |
| 1800 | if (s != NULL) |
| 1801 | cache->sec[ent] = s; |
| 1802 | } |
| 1803 | return cache->sec[ent]; |
| 1804 | } |
| 1805 | |
| 1806 | /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD |
| 1807 | section. */ |
| 1808 | |
| 1809 | asection * |
| 1810 | bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, index) |
| 1811 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1812 | unsigned int index; |
| 1813 | { |
| 1814 | BFD_ASSERT (index > 0 && index < SHN_LORESERVE); |
| 1815 | if (index >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum) |
| 1816 | return NULL; |
| 1817 | return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section; |
| 1818 | } |
| 1819 | |
| 1820 | boolean |
| 1821 | _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec) |
| 1822 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1823 | asection *sec; |
| 1824 | { |
| 1825 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata; |
| 1826 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata); |
| 1827 | |
| 1828 | sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 1829 | if (!sdata) |
| 1830 | return false; |
| 1831 | sec->used_by_bfd = (PTR) sdata; |
| 1832 | |
| 1833 | /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */ |
| 1834 | sdata->use_rela_p |
| 1835 | = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->default_use_rela_p; |
| 1836 | |
| 1837 | return true; |
| 1838 | } |
| 1839 | |
| 1840 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header. |
| 1841 | |
| 1842 | Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name |
| 1843 | of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the |
| 1844 | program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we |
| 1845 | generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b. |
| 1846 | |
| 1847 | Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than |
| 1848 | (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the |
| 1849 | system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size, |
| 1850 | but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the |
| 1851 | file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting |
| 1852 | of combined data+bss. |
| 1853 | |
| 1854 | To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections |
| 1855 | for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by |
| 1856 | the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified |
| 1857 | by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split |
| 1858 | into it's initialized and uninitialized parts. |
| 1859 | |
| 1860 | */ |
| 1861 | |
| 1862 | boolean |
| 1863 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, typename) |
| 1864 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1865 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr; |
| 1866 | int index; |
| 1867 | const char *typename; |
| 1868 | { |
| 1869 | asection *newsect; |
| 1870 | char *name; |
| 1871 | char namebuf[64]; |
| 1872 | int split; |
| 1873 | |
| 1874 | split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0) |
| 1875 | && (hdr->p_filesz > 0) |
| 1876 | && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)); |
| 1877 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : ""); |
| 1878 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (namebuf) + 1); |
| 1879 | if (!name) |
| 1880 | return false; |
| 1881 | strcpy (name, namebuf); |
| 1882 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
| 1883 | if (newsect == NULL) |
| 1884 | return false; |
| 1885 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr; |
| 1886 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr; |
| 1887 | newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_filesz; |
| 1888 | newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset; |
| 1889 | newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 1890 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
| 1891 | { |
| 1892 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; |
| 1893 | newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD; |
| 1894 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) |
| 1895 | { |
| 1896 | /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION, |
| 1897 | may be data. */ |
| 1898 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; |
| 1899 | } |
| 1900 | } |
| 1901 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) |
| 1902 | { |
| 1903 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; |
| 1904 | } |
| 1905 | |
| 1906 | if (split) |
| 1907 | { |
| 1908 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%db", typename, index); |
| 1909 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (namebuf) + 1); |
| 1910 | if (!name) |
| 1911 | return false; |
| 1912 | strcpy (name, namebuf); |
| 1913 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
| 1914 | if (newsect == NULL) |
| 1915 | return false; |
| 1916 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz; |
| 1917 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz; |
| 1918 | newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz; |
| 1919 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
| 1920 | { |
| 1921 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; |
| 1922 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) |
| 1923 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; |
| 1924 | } |
| 1925 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) |
| 1926 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; |
| 1927 | } |
| 1928 | |
| 1929 | return true; |
| 1930 | } |
| 1931 | |
| 1932 | boolean |
| 1933 | bfd_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index) |
| 1934 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1935 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr; |
| 1936 | int index; |
| 1937 | { |
| 1938 | struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 1939 | |
| 1940 | switch (hdr->p_type) |
| 1941 | { |
| 1942 | case PT_NULL: |
| 1943 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null"); |
| 1944 | |
| 1945 | case PT_LOAD: |
| 1946 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load"); |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 | case PT_DYNAMIC: |
| 1949 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic"); |
| 1950 | |
| 1951 | case PT_INTERP: |
| 1952 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp"); |
| 1953 | |
| 1954 | case PT_NOTE: |
| 1955 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note")) |
| 1956 | return false; |
| 1957 | if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd, (file_ptr) hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz)) |
| 1958 | return false; |
| 1959 | return true; |
| 1960 | |
| 1961 | case PT_SHLIB: |
| 1962 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib"); |
| 1963 | |
| 1964 | case PT_PHDR: |
| 1965 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr"); |
| 1966 | |
| 1967 | default: |
| 1968 | /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. |
| 1969 | If no handler for them, default to making "segment" sections. */ |
| 1970 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 1971 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr) |
| 1972 | return (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr) (abfd, hdr, index); |
| 1973 | else |
| 1974 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "segment"); |
| 1975 | } |
| 1976 | } |
| 1977 | |
| 1978 | /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing |
| 1979 | relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is true, we use RELA |
| 1980 | relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */ |
| 1981 | |
| 1982 | boolean |
| 1983 | _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, rel_hdr, asect, use_rela_p) |
| 1984 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1985 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; |
| 1986 | asection *asect; |
| 1987 | boolean use_rela_p; |
| 1988 | { |
| 1989 | char *name; |
| 1990 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 1991 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name); |
| 1992 | |
| 1993 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 1994 | if (name == NULL) |
| 1995 | return false; |
| 1996 | sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name); |
| 1997 | rel_hdr->sh_name = |
| 1998 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name, |
| 1999 | false); |
| 2000 | if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
| 2001 | return false; |
| 2002 | rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL; |
| 2003 | rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p |
| 2004 | ? bed->s->sizeof_rela |
| 2005 | : bed->s->sizeof_rel); |
| 2006 | rel_hdr->sh_addralign = bed->s->file_align; |
| 2007 | rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| 2008 | rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| 2009 | rel_hdr->sh_size = 0; |
| 2010 | rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0; |
| 2011 | |
| 2012 | return true; |
| 2013 | } |
| 2014 | |
| 2015 | /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */ |
| 2016 | |
| 2017 | static void |
| 2018 | elf_fake_sections (abfd, asect, failedptrarg) |
| 2019 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2020 | asection *asect; |
| 2021 | PTR failedptrarg; |
| 2022 | { |
| 2023 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 2024 | boolean *failedptr = (boolean *) failedptrarg; |
| 2025 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 | if (*failedptr) |
| 2028 | { |
| 2029 | /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections |
| 2030 | loop. */ |
| 2031 | return; |
| 2032 | } |
| 2033 | |
| 2034 | this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr; |
| 2035 | |
| 2036 | this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), |
| 2037 | asect->name, false); |
| 2038 | if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned long) -1) |
| 2039 | { |
| 2040 | *failedptr = true; |
| 2041 | return; |
| 2042 | } |
| 2043 | |
| 2044 | this_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 2047 | || asect->user_set_vma) |
| 2048 | this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma; |
| 2049 | else |
| 2050 | this_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| 2051 | |
| 2052 | this_hdr->sh_offset = 0; |
| 2053 | this_hdr->sh_size = asect->_raw_size; |
| 2054 | this_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
| 2055 | this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power; |
| 2056 | /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by |
| 2057 | copy_private_section_data. */ |
| 2058 | |
| 2059 | this_hdr->bfd_section = asect; |
| 2060 | this_hdr->contents = NULL; |
| 2061 | |
| 2062 | /* FIXME: This should not be based on section names. */ |
| 2063 | if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynstr") == 0) |
| 2064 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
| 2065 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".hash") == 0) |
| 2066 | { |
| 2067 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_HASH; |
| 2068 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry; |
| 2069 | } |
| 2070 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynsym") == 0) |
| 2071 | { |
| 2072 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNSYM; |
| 2073 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 2074 | } |
| 2075 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".dynamic") == 0) |
| 2076 | { |
| 2077 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_DYNAMIC; |
| 2078 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn; |
| 2079 | } |
| 2080 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rela", 5) == 0 |
| 2081 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p) |
| 2082 | { |
| 2083 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_RELA; |
| 2084 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela; |
| 2085 | } |
| 2086 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".rel", 4) == 0 |
| 2087 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p) |
| 2088 | { |
| 2089 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_REL; |
| 2090 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel; |
| 2091 | } |
| 2092 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".note", 5) == 0) |
| 2093 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOTE; |
| 2094 | else if (strncmp (asect->name, ".stab", 5) == 0 |
| 2095 | && strcmp (asect->name + strlen (asect->name) - 3, "str") == 0) |
| 2096 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
| 2097 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version") == 0) |
| 2098 | { |
| 2099 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_versym; |
| 2100 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym); |
| 2101 | } |
| 2102 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version_d") == 0) |
| 2103 | { |
| 2104 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_verdef; |
| 2105 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| 2106 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set |
| 2107 | cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be |
| 2108 | zero. */ |
| 2109 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) |
| 2110 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs; |
| 2111 | else |
| 2112 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0 |
| 2113 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs); |
| 2114 | } |
| 2115 | else if (strcmp (asect->name, ".gnu.version_r") == 0) |
| 2116 | { |
| 2117 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GNU_verneed; |
| 2118 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| 2119 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set |
| 2120 | cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be |
| 2121 | zero. */ |
| 2122 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) |
| 2123 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs; |
| 2124 | else |
| 2125 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0 |
| 2126 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs); |
| 2127 | } |
| 2128 | else if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0) |
| 2129 | { |
| 2130 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GROUP; |
| 2131 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 4; |
| 2132 | } |
| 2133 | else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 2134 | && ((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)) |
| 2135 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; |
| 2136 | else |
| 2137 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; |
| 2138 | |
| 2139 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 2140 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC; |
| 2141 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
| 2142 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE; |
| 2143 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) |
| 2144 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR; |
| 2145 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0) |
| 2146 | { |
| 2147 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE; |
| 2148 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize; |
| 2149 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0) |
| 2150 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS; |
| 2151 | } |
| 2152 | if (elf_group_name (asect) != NULL) |
| 2153 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP; |
| 2154 | |
| 2155 | /* Check for processor-specific section types. */ |
| 2156 | if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) |
| 2157 | (*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect); |
| 2158 | |
| 2159 | /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the |
| 2160 | SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for |
| 2161 | this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to |
| 2162 | create the other. */ |
| 2163 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0 |
| 2164 | && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, |
| 2165 | &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr, |
| 2166 | asect, |
| 2167 | elf_section_data (asect)->use_rela_p)) |
| 2168 | *failedptr = true; |
| 2169 | } |
| 2170 | |
| 2171 | /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */ |
| 2172 | |
| 2173 | static void |
| 2174 | set_group_contents (abfd, sec, failedptrarg) |
| 2175 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2176 | asection *sec; |
| 2177 | PTR failedptrarg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 2178 | { |
| 2179 | boolean *failedptr = (boolean *) failedptrarg; |
| 2180 | unsigned long symindx; |
| 2181 | asection *elt; |
| 2182 | unsigned char *loc; |
| 2183 | struct bfd_link_order *l; |
| 2184 | |
| 2185 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP |
| 2186 | || *failedptr) |
| 2187 | return; |
| 2188 | |
| 2189 | /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up |
| 2190 | elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", the symbols won't yet |
| 2191 | be mapped, so emulate elf_bfd_final_link. */ |
| 2192 | if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL) |
| 2193 | symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i; |
| 2194 | else |
| 2195 | symindx = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; |
| 2196 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx; |
| 2197 | |
| 2198 | /* Nor will the contents be allocated for "ld -r". */ |
| 2199 | if (sec->contents == NULL) |
| 2200 | { |
| 2201 | sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->_raw_size); |
| 2202 | if (sec->contents == NULL) |
| 2203 | { |
| 2204 | *failedptr = true; |
| 2205 | return; |
| 2206 | } |
| 2207 | } |
| 2208 | |
| 2209 | loc = sec->contents + sec->_raw_size; |
| 2210 | |
| 2211 | /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that we |
| 2212 | squirreled away here. */ |
| 2213 | elt = elf_next_in_group (sec); |
| 2214 | |
| 2215 | /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section |
| 2216 | indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards |
| 2217 | just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section |
| 2218 | directives, not that it matters. */ |
| 2219 | while (elt != NULL) |
| 2220 | { |
| 2221 | loc -= 4; |
| 2222 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_section_data (elt)->this_idx, loc); |
| 2223 | elt = elf_next_in_group (elt); |
| 2224 | } |
| 2225 | |
| 2226 | /* If this is a relocatable link, then the above did nothing because |
| 2227 | SEC is the output section. Look through the input sections |
| 2228 | instead. */ |
| 2229 | for (l = sec->link_order_head; l != NULL; l = l->next) |
| 2230 | if (l->type == bfd_indirect_link_order |
| 2231 | && (elt = elf_next_in_group (l->u.indirect.section)) != NULL) |
| 2232 | do |
| 2233 | { |
| 2234 | loc -= 4; |
| 2235 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, |
| 2236 | elf_section_data (elt->output_section)->this_idx, loc); |
| 2237 | elt = elf_next_in_group (elt); |
| 2238 | /* During a relocatable link, the lists are circular. */ |
| 2239 | } |
| 2240 | while (elt != elf_next_in_group (l->u.indirect.section)); |
| 2241 | |
| 2242 | loc -= 4; |
| 2243 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, 0, loc); |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 | BFD_ASSERT (loc == sec->contents); |
| 2246 | } |
| 2247 | |
| 2248 | /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here |
| 2249 | too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled |
| 2250 | in here too, while we're at it. */ |
| 2251 | |
| 2252 | static boolean |
| 2253 | assign_section_numbers (abfd) |
| 2254 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2255 | { |
| 2256 | struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd); |
| 2257 | asection *sec; |
| 2258 | unsigned int section_number, secn; |
| 2259 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
| 2260 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 | section_number = 1; |
| 2263 | |
| 2264 | _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
| 2265 | |
| 2266 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) |
| 2267 | { |
| 2268 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec); |
| 2269 | |
| 2270 | d->this_idx = section_number++; |
| 2271 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name); |
| 2272 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0) |
| 2273 | d->rel_idx = 0; |
| 2274 | else |
| 2275 | { |
| 2276 | d->rel_idx = section_number++; |
| 2277 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name); |
| 2278 | } |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 | if (d->rel_hdr2) |
| 2281 | { |
| 2282 | d->rel_idx2 = section_number++; |
| 2283 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name); |
| 2284 | } |
| 2285 | else |
| 2286 | d->rel_idx2 = 0; |
| 2287 | } |
| 2288 | |
| 2289 | t->shstrtab_section = section_number++; |
| 2290 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name); |
| 2291 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section; |
| 2292 | |
| 2293 | if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) |
| 2294 | { |
| 2295 | t->symtab_section = section_number++; |
| 2296 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name); |
| 2297 | t->strtab_section = section_number++; |
| 2298 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name); |
| 2299 | } |
| 2300 | |
| 2301 | _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
| 2302 | t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
| 2303 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number; |
| 2304 | |
| 2305 | /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the |
| 2306 | indices. */ |
| 2307 | amt = section_number * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *); |
| 2308 | i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 2309 | if (i_shdrp == NULL) |
| 2310 | return false; |
| 2311 | |
| 2312 | amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr); |
| 2313 | i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 2314 | if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL) |
| 2315 | { |
| 2316 | bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp); |
| 2317 | return false; |
| 2318 | } |
| 2319 | memset (i_shdrp[0], 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr)); |
| 2320 | |
| 2321 | elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp; |
| 2322 | |
| 2323 | i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr; |
| 2324 | if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) |
| 2325 | { |
| 2326 | i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr; |
| 2327 | i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr; |
| 2328 | t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section; |
| 2329 | } |
| 2330 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) |
| 2331 | { |
| 2332 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec); |
| 2333 | asection *s; |
| 2334 | const char *name; |
| 2335 | |
| 2336 | i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr; |
| 2337 | if (d->rel_idx != 0) |
| 2338 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr; |
| 2339 | if (d->rel_idx2 != 0) |
| 2340 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2; |
| 2341 | |
| 2342 | /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */ |
| 2343 | |
| 2344 | /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol |
| 2345 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which |
| 2346 | the relocation entries apply. */ |
| 2347 | if (d->rel_idx != 0) |
| 2348 | { |
| 2349 | d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
| 2350 | d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx; |
| 2351 | } |
| 2352 | if (d->rel_idx2 != 0) |
| 2353 | { |
| 2354 | d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
| 2355 | d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx; |
| 2356 | } |
| 2357 | |
| 2358 | switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type) |
| 2359 | { |
| 2360 | case SHT_REL: |
| 2361 | case SHT_RELA: |
| 2362 | /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD |
| 2363 | section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol |
| 2364 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to |
| 2365 | which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an |
| 2366 | allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table. |
| 2367 | FIXME: How can we be sure? */ |
| 2368 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); |
| 2369 | if (s != NULL) |
| 2370 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| 2371 | |
| 2372 | /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */ |
| 2373 | name = sec->name; |
| 2374 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL) |
| 2375 | name += 4; |
| 2376 | else |
| 2377 | name += 5; |
| 2378 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); |
| 2379 | if (s != NULL) |
| 2380 | d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| 2381 | break; |
| 2382 | |
| 2383 | case SHT_STRTAB: |
| 2384 | /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs |
| 2385 | string section. We look for a section with the same name |
| 2386 | but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link |
| 2387 | field to point to this section. */ |
| 2388 | if (strncmp (sec->name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0 |
| 2389 | && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0) |
| 2390 | { |
| 2391 | size_t len; |
| 2392 | char *alc; |
| 2393 | |
| 2394 | len = strlen (sec->name); |
| 2395 | alc = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) len - 2); |
| 2396 | if (alc == NULL) |
| 2397 | return false; |
| 2398 | strncpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3); |
| 2399 | alc[len - 3] = '\0'; |
| 2400 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc); |
| 2401 | free (alc); |
| 2402 | if (s != NULL) |
| 2403 | { |
| 2404 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx; |
| 2405 | |
| 2406 | /* This is a .stab section. */ |
| 2407 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = |
| 2408 | 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8; |
| 2409 | } |
| 2410 | } |
| 2411 | break; |
| 2412 | |
| 2413 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: |
| 2414 | case SHT_DYNSYM: |
| 2415 | case SHT_GNU_verneed: |
| 2416 | case SHT_GNU_verdef: |
| 2417 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table |
| 2418 | used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the |
| 2419 | version strings. */ |
| 2420 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); |
| 2421 | if (s != NULL) |
| 2422 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| 2423 | break; |
| 2424 | |
| 2425 | case SHT_HASH: |
| 2426 | case SHT_GNU_versym: |
| 2427 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table |
| 2428 | this hash table or version table is for. */ |
| 2429 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); |
| 2430 | if (s != NULL) |
| 2431 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| 2432 | break; |
| 2433 | |
| 2434 | case SHT_GROUP: |
| 2435 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
| 2436 | } |
| 2437 | } |
| 2438 | |
| 2439 | for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn) |
| 2440 | i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd), |
| 2441 | i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name); |
| 2442 | |
| 2443 | return true; |
| 2444 | } |
| 2445 | |
| 2446 | /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving |
| 2447 | all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */ |
| 2448 | |
| 2449 | static INLINE int |
| 2450 | sym_is_global (abfd, sym) |
| 2451 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2452 | asymbol *sym; |
| 2453 | { |
| 2454 | /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */ |
| 2455 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global) |
| 2456 | return ((*get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_sym_is_global) |
| 2457 | (abfd, sym)); |
| 2458 | |
| 2459 | return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0 |
| 2460 | || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym)) |
| 2461 | || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym))); |
| 2462 | } |
| 2463 | |
| 2464 | static boolean |
| 2465 | elf_map_symbols (abfd) |
| 2466 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2467 | { |
| 2468 | unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); |
| 2469 | asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); |
| 2470 | asymbol **sect_syms; |
| 2471 | unsigned int num_locals = 0; |
| 2472 | unsigned int num_globals = 0; |
| 2473 | unsigned int num_locals2 = 0; |
| 2474 | unsigned int num_globals2 = 0; |
| 2475 | int max_index = 0; |
| 2476 | unsigned int idx; |
| 2477 | asection *asect; |
| 2478 | asymbol **new_syms; |
| 2479 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 2480 | |
| 2481 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 2482 | fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n"); |
| 2483 | fflush (stderr); |
| 2484 | #endif |
| 2485 | |
| 2486 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
| 2487 | { |
| 2488 | if (max_index < asect->index) |
| 2489 | max_index = asect->index; |
| 2490 | } |
| 2491 | |
| 2492 | max_index++; |
| 2493 | amt = max_index * sizeof (asymbol *); |
| 2494 | sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 2495 | if (sect_syms == NULL) |
| 2496 | return false; |
| 2497 | elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms; |
| 2498 | elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index; |
| 2499 | |
| 2500 | /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already |
| 2501 | decided to output. */ |
| 2502 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| 2503 | { |
| 2504 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; |
| 2505 | |
| 2506 | if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0 |
| 2507 | && sym->value == 0) |
| 2508 | { |
| 2509 | asection *sec; |
| 2510 | |
| 2511 | sec = sym->section; |
| 2512 | |
| 2513 | if (sec->owner != NULL) |
| 2514 | { |
| 2515 | if (sec->owner != abfd) |
| 2516 | { |
| 2517 | if (sec->output_offset != 0) |
| 2518 | continue; |
| 2519 | |
| 2520 | sec = sec->output_section; |
| 2521 | |
| 2522 | /* Empty sections in the input files may have had a |
| 2523 | section symbol created for them. (See the comment |
| 2524 | near the end of _bfd_generic_link_output_symbols in |
| 2525 | linker.c). If the linker script discards such |
| 2526 | sections then we will reach this point. Since we know |
| 2527 | that we cannot avoid this case, we detect it and skip |
| 2528 | the abort and the assignment to the sect_syms array. |
| 2529 | To reproduce this particular case try running the |
| 2530 | linker testsuite test ld-scripts/weak.exp for an ELF |
| 2531 | port that uses the generic linker. */ |
| 2532 | if (sec->owner == NULL) |
| 2533 | continue; |
| 2534 | |
| 2535 | BFD_ASSERT (sec->owner == abfd); |
| 2536 | } |
| 2537 | sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx]; |
| 2538 | } |
| 2539 | } |
| 2540 | } |
| 2541 | |
| 2542 | /* Classify all of the symbols. */ |
| 2543 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| 2544 | { |
| 2545 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx])) |
| 2546 | num_locals++; |
| 2547 | else |
| 2548 | num_globals++; |
| 2549 | } |
| 2550 | |
| 2551 | /* We will be adding a section symbol for each BFD section. Most normal |
| 2552 | sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but |
| 2553 | eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped |
| 2554 | at least in that case. */ |
| 2555 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
| 2556 | { |
| 2557 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) |
| 2558 | { |
| 2559 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol)) |
| 2560 | num_locals++; |
| 2561 | else |
| 2562 | num_globals++; |
| 2563 | } |
| 2564 | } |
| 2565 | |
| 2566 | /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */ |
| 2567 | amt = (num_locals + num_globals) * sizeof (asymbol *); |
| 2568 | new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 2569 | |
| 2570 | if (new_syms == NULL) |
| 2571 | return false; |
| 2572 | |
| 2573 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| 2574 | { |
| 2575 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; |
| 2576 | unsigned int i; |
| 2577 | |
| 2578 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) |
| 2579 | i = num_locals2++; |
| 2580 | else |
| 2581 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++; |
| 2582 | new_syms[i] = sym; |
| 2583 | sym->udata.i = i + 1; |
| 2584 | } |
| 2585 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
| 2586 | { |
| 2587 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) |
| 2588 | { |
| 2589 | asymbol *sym = asect->symbol; |
| 2590 | unsigned int i; |
| 2591 | |
| 2592 | sect_syms[asect->index] = sym; |
| 2593 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) |
| 2594 | i = num_locals2++; |
| 2595 | else |
| 2596 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++; |
| 2597 | new_syms[i] = sym; |
| 2598 | sym->udata.i = i + 1; |
| 2599 | } |
| 2600 | } |
| 2601 | |
| 2602 | bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals); |
| 2603 | |
| 2604 | elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals; |
| 2605 | elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals; |
| 2606 | return true; |
| 2607 | } |
| 2608 | |
| 2609 | /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any |
| 2610 | ELF data structure. */ |
| 2611 | |
| 2612 | static INLINE file_ptr align_file_position PARAMS ((file_ptr, int)); |
| 2613 | static INLINE file_ptr |
| 2614 | align_file_position (off, align) |
| 2615 | file_ptr off; |
| 2616 | int align; |
| 2617 | { |
| 2618 | return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1); |
| 2619 | } |
| 2620 | |
| 2621 | /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the |
| 2622 | required section alignment. */ |
| 2623 | |
| 2624 | INLINE file_ptr |
| 2625 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (i_shdrp, offset, align) |
| 2626 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp; |
| 2627 | file_ptr offset; |
| 2628 | boolean align; |
| 2629 | { |
| 2630 | if (align) |
| 2631 | { |
| 2632 | unsigned int al; |
| 2633 | |
| 2634 | al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign; |
| 2635 | if (al > 1) |
| 2636 | offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al); |
| 2637 | } |
| 2638 | i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset; |
| 2639 | if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL) |
| 2640 | i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset; |
| 2641 | if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| 2642 | offset += i_shdrp->sh_size; |
| 2643 | return offset; |
| 2644 | } |
| 2645 | |
| 2646 | /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and |
| 2647 | otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO |
| 2648 | is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */ |
| 2649 | |
| 2650 | boolean |
| 2651 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, link_info) |
| 2652 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2653 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info; |
| 2654 | { |
| 2655 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 2656 | boolean failed; |
| 2657 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab; |
| 2658 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr; |
| 2659 | |
| 2660 | if (abfd->output_has_begun) |
| 2661 | return true; |
| 2662 | |
| 2663 | /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */ |
| 2664 | if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) |
| 2665 | (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info); |
| 2666 | |
| 2667 | if (! prep_headers (abfd)) |
| 2668 | return false; |
| 2669 | |
| 2670 | /* Post process the headers if necessary. */ |
| 2671 | if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) |
| 2672 | (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info); |
| 2673 | |
| 2674 | failed = false; |
| 2675 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed); |
| 2676 | if (failed) |
| 2677 | return false; |
| 2678 | |
| 2679 | if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd)) |
| 2680 | return false; |
| 2681 | |
| 2682 | /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */ |
| 2683 | if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) |
| 2684 | { |
| 2685 | /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */ |
| 2686 | int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)); |
| 2687 | |
| 2688 | if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p)) |
| 2689 | return false; |
| 2690 | } |
| 2691 | |
| 2692 | if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocateable) |
| 2693 | { |
| 2694 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, set_group_contents, &failed); |
| 2695 | if (failed) |
| 2696 | return false; |
| 2697 | } |
| 2698 | |
| 2699 | shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; |
| 2700 | /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */ |
| 2701 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
| 2702 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| 2703 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| 2704 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
| 2705 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| 2706 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
| 2707 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; |
| 2708 | /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */ |
| 2709 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; |
| 2710 | |
| 2711 | if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd)) |
| 2712 | return false; |
| 2713 | |
| 2714 | if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) |
| 2715 | { |
| 2716 | file_ptr off; |
| 2717 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; |
| 2720 | |
| 2721 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 2722 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true); |
| 2723 | |
| 2724 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; |
| 2725 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true); |
| 2726 | |
| 2727 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; |
| 2728 | |
| 2729 | /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it |
| 2730 | out. */ |
| 2731 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 2732 | || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab)) |
| 2733 | return false; |
| 2734 | _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab); |
| 2735 | } |
| 2736 | |
| 2737 | abfd->output_has_begun = true; |
| 2738 | |
| 2739 | return true; |
| 2740 | } |
| 2741 | |
| 2742 | /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */ |
| 2743 | |
| 2744 | static INLINE struct elf_segment_map * |
| 2745 | make_mapping (abfd, sections, from, to, phdr) |
| 2746 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2747 | asection **sections; |
| 2748 | unsigned int from; |
| 2749 | unsigned int to; |
| 2750 | boolean phdr; |
| 2751 | { |
| 2752 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 2753 | unsigned int i; |
| 2754 | asection **hdrpp; |
| 2755 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 2756 | |
| 2757 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 2758 | amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 2759 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 2760 | if (m == NULL) |
| 2761 | return NULL; |
| 2762 | m->next = NULL; |
| 2763 | m->p_type = PT_LOAD; |
| 2764 | for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++) |
| 2765 | m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp; |
| 2766 | m->count = to - from; |
| 2767 | |
| 2768 | if (from == 0 && phdr) |
| 2769 | { |
| 2770 | /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */ |
| 2771 | m->includes_filehdr = 1; |
| 2772 | m->includes_phdrs = 1; |
| 2773 | } |
| 2774 | |
| 2775 | return m; |
| 2776 | } |
| 2777 | |
| 2778 | /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */ |
| 2779 | |
| 2780 | static boolean |
| 2781 | map_sections_to_segments (abfd) |
| 2782 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2783 | { |
| 2784 | asection **sections = NULL; |
| 2785 | asection *s; |
| 2786 | unsigned int i; |
| 2787 | unsigned int count; |
| 2788 | struct elf_segment_map *mfirst; |
| 2789 | struct elf_segment_map **pm; |
| 2790 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 2791 | asection *last_hdr; |
| 2792 | unsigned int phdr_index; |
| 2793 | bfd_vma maxpagesize; |
| 2794 | asection **hdrpp; |
| 2795 | boolean phdr_in_segment = true; |
| 2796 | boolean writable; |
| 2797 | asection *dynsec; |
| 2798 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 2799 | |
| 2800 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL) |
| 2801 | return true; |
| 2802 | |
| 2803 | if (bfd_count_sections (abfd) == 0) |
| 2804 | return true; |
| 2805 | |
| 2806 | /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */ |
| 2807 | |
| 2808 | amt = bfd_count_sections (abfd) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 2809 | sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt); |
| 2810 | if (sections == NULL) |
| 2811 | goto error_return; |
| 2812 | |
| 2813 | i = 0; |
| 2814 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 2815 | { |
| 2816 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 2817 | { |
| 2818 | sections[i] = s; |
| 2819 | ++i; |
| 2820 | } |
| 2821 | } |
| 2822 | BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd)); |
| 2823 | count = i; |
| 2824 | |
| 2825 | qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections); |
| 2826 | |
| 2827 | /* Build the mapping. */ |
| 2828 | |
| 2829 | mfirst = NULL; |
| 2830 | pm = &mfirst; |
| 2831 | |
| 2832 | /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for |
| 2833 | the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp |
| 2834 | section. */ |
| 2835 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); |
| 2836 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 2837 | { |
| 2838 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 2839 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 2840 | if (m == NULL) |
| 2841 | goto error_return; |
| 2842 | m->next = NULL; |
| 2843 | m->p_type = PT_PHDR; |
| 2844 | /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */ |
| 2845 | m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X; |
| 2846 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 2847 | m->includes_phdrs = 1; |
| 2848 | |
| 2849 | *pm = m; |
| 2850 | pm = &m->next; |
| 2851 | |
| 2852 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 2853 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 2854 | if (m == NULL) |
| 2855 | goto error_return; |
| 2856 | m->next = NULL; |
| 2857 | m->p_type = PT_INTERP; |
| 2858 | m->count = 1; |
| 2859 | m->sections[0] = s; |
| 2860 | |
| 2861 | *pm = m; |
| 2862 | pm = &m->next; |
| 2863 | } |
| 2864 | |
| 2865 | /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program |
| 2866 | segment when the start of the second section can be placed within |
| 2867 | a few bytes of the end of the first section. */ |
| 2868 | last_hdr = NULL; |
| 2869 | phdr_index = 0; |
| 2870 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize; |
| 2871 | writable = false; |
| 2872 | dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
| 2873 | if (dynsec != NULL |
| 2874 | && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) |
| 2875 | dynsec = NULL; |
| 2876 | |
| 2877 | /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section |
| 2878 | is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an |
| 2879 | approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many |
| 2880 | program headers we will need. */ |
| 2881 | if (count > 0) |
| 2882 | { |
| 2883 | bfd_size_type phdr_size; |
| 2884 | |
| 2885 | phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; |
| 2886 | if (phdr_size == 0) |
| 2887 | phdr_size = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 2888 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0 |
| 2889 | || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size |
| 2890 | || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize) |
| 2891 | phdr_in_segment = false; |
| 2892 | } |
| 2893 | |
| 2894 | for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++) |
| 2895 | { |
| 2896 | asection *hdr; |
| 2897 | boolean new_segment; |
| 2898 | |
| 2899 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
| 2900 | |
| 2901 | /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same |
| 2902 | segment. */ |
| 2903 | |
| 2904 | if (last_hdr == NULL) |
| 2905 | { |
| 2906 | /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new |
| 2907 | one (we build the last one after this loop). */ |
| 2908 | new_segment = false; |
| 2909 | } |
| 2910 | else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma) |
| 2911 | { |
| 2912 | /* If this section has a different relation between the |
| 2913 | virtual address and the load address, then we need a new |
| 2914 | segment. */ |
| 2915 | new_segment = true; |
| 2916 | } |
| 2917 | else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_hdr->_raw_size, maxpagesize) |
| 2918 | < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize)) |
| 2919 | { |
| 2920 | /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to |
| 2921 | skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */ |
| 2922 | new_segment = true; |
| 2923 | } |
| 2924 | else if ((last_hdr->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0 |
| 2925 | && (hdr->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 2926 | { |
| 2927 | /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a |
| 2928 | nonloadable section in the same segment. */ |
| 2929 | new_segment = true; |
| 2930 | } |
| 2931 | else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0) |
| 2932 | { |
| 2933 | /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we |
| 2934 | don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the |
| 2935 | file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */ |
| 2936 | new_segment = false; |
| 2937 | } |
| 2938 | else if (! writable |
| 2939 | && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0 |
| 2940 | && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_hdr->_raw_size, maxpagesize) |
| 2941 | == hdr->lma)) |
| 2942 | { |
| 2943 | /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only |
| 2944 | segment, unless they are on the same page in memory |
| 2945 | anyhow. We already know that the last section does not |
| 2946 | bring us past the current section on the page, so the |
| 2947 | only case in which the new section is not on the same |
| 2948 | page as the previous section is when the previous section |
| 2949 | ends precisely on a page boundary. */ |
| 2950 | new_segment = true; |
| 2951 | } |
| 2952 | else |
| 2953 | { |
| 2954 | /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */ |
| 2955 | new_segment = false; |
| 2956 | } |
| 2957 | |
| 2958 | if (! new_segment) |
| 2959 | { |
| 2960 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
| 2961 | writable = true; |
| 2962 | last_hdr = hdr; |
| 2963 | continue; |
| 2964 | } |
| 2965 | |
| 2966 | /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program |
| 2967 | header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */ |
| 2968 | |
| 2969 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); |
| 2970 | if (m == NULL) |
| 2971 | goto error_return; |
| 2972 | |
| 2973 | *pm = m; |
| 2974 | pm = &m->next; |
| 2975 | |
| 2976 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
| 2977 | writable = true; |
| 2978 | else |
| 2979 | writable = false; |
| 2980 | |
| 2981 | last_hdr = hdr; |
| 2982 | phdr_index = i; |
| 2983 | phdr_in_segment = false; |
| 2984 | } |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 | /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */ |
| 2987 | if (last_hdr != NULL) |
| 2988 | { |
| 2989 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); |
| 2990 | if (m == NULL) |
| 2991 | goto error_return; |
| 2992 | |
| 2993 | *pm = m; |
| 2994 | pm = &m->next; |
| 2995 | } |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 | /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
| 2998 | if (dynsec != NULL) |
| 2999 | { |
| 3000 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 3001 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3002 | if (m == NULL) |
| 3003 | goto error_return; |
| 3004 | m->next = NULL; |
| 3005 | m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC; |
| 3006 | m->count = 1; |
| 3007 | m->sections[0] = dynsec; |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 | *pm = m; |
| 3010 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3011 | } |
| 3012 | |
| 3013 | /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't |
| 3014 | use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together |
| 3015 | nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will |
| 3016 | generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using |
| 3017 | names for section types is bogus anyhow. */ |
| 3018 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 3019 | { |
| 3020 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
| 3021 | && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0) |
| 3022 | { |
| 3023 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 3024 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3025 | if (m == NULL) |
| 3026 | goto error_return; |
| 3027 | m->next = NULL; |
| 3028 | m->p_type = PT_NOTE; |
| 3029 | m->count = 1; |
| 3030 | m->sections[0] = s; |
| 3031 | |
| 3032 | *pm = m; |
| 3033 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3034 | } |
| 3035 | } |
| 3036 | |
| 3037 | free (sections); |
| 3038 | sections = NULL; |
| 3039 | |
| 3040 | elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst; |
| 3041 | return true; |
| 3042 | |
| 3043 | error_return: |
| 3044 | if (sections != NULL) |
| 3045 | free (sections); |
| 3046 | return false; |
| 3047 | } |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 | /* Sort sections by address. */ |
| 3050 | |
| 3051 | static int |
| 3052 | elf_sort_sections (arg1, arg2) |
| 3053 | const PTR arg1; |
| 3054 | const PTR arg2; |
| 3055 | { |
| 3056 | const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1; |
| 3057 | const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2; |
| 3058 | |
| 3059 | /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to |
| 3060 | place the section into a segment. */ |
| 3061 | if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma) |
| 3062 | return -1; |
| 3063 | else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma) |
| 3064 | return 1; |
| 3065 | |
| 3066 | /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be |
| 3067 | the same, and this will do nothing. */ |
| 3068 | if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma) |
| 3069 | return -1; |
| 3070 | else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma) |
| 3071 | return 1; |
| 3072 | |
| 3073 | /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */ |
| 3074 | |
| 3075 | #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) |
| 3076 | |
| 3077 | if (TOEND (sec1)) |
| 3078 | { |
| 3079 | if (TOEND (sec2)) |
| 3080 | { |
| 3081 | /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0 |
| 3082 | here, but continue to try the next comparison. */ |
| 3083 | if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0) |
| 3084 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; |
| 3085 | } |
| 3086 | else |
| 3087 | return 1; |
| 3088 | } |
| 3089 | else if (TOEND (sec2)) |
| 3090 | return -1; |
| 3091 | |
| 3092 | #undef TOEND |
| 3093 | |
| 3094 | /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections |
| 3095 | before others at the same address. */ |
| 3096 | |
| 3097 | if (sec1->_raw_size < sec2->_raw_size) |
| 3098 | return -1; |
| 3099 | if (sec1->_raw_size > sec2->_raw_size) |
| 3100 | return 1; |
| 3101 | |
| 3102 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; |
| 3103 | } |
| 3104 | |
| 3105 | /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from |
| 3106 | sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in |
| 3107 | the file header, and writes out the program headers. */ |
| 3108 | |
| 3109 | static boolean |
| 3110 | assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd) |
| 3111 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3112 | { |
| 3113 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 3114 | unsigned int count; |
| 3115 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 3116 | unsigned int alloc; |
| 3117 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; |
| 3118 | file_ptr off, voff; |
| 3119 | bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr; |
| 3120 | bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr; |
| 3121 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
| 3122 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 3123 | |
| 3124 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL) |
| 3125 | { |
| 3126 | if (! map_sections_to_segments (abfd)) |
| 3127 | return false; |
| 3128 | } |
| 3129 | |
| 3130 | if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) |
| 3131 | { |
| 3132 | if (! (*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd)) |
| 3133 | return false; |
| 3134 | } |
| 3135 | |
| 3136 | count = 0; |
| 3137 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) |
| 3138 | ++count; |
| 3139 | |
| 3140 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 3141 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 3142 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = count; |
| 3143 | |
| 3144 | if (count == 0) |
| 3145 | return true; |
| 3146 | |
| 3147 | /* If we already counted the number of program segments, make sure |
| 3148 | that we allocated enough space. This happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS |
| 3149 | is used in a linker script. */ |
| 3150 | alloc = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 3151 | if (alloc != 0 && count > alloc) |
| 3152 | { |
| 3153 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 3154 | (_("%s: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)"), |
| 3155 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), alloc, count)); |
| 3156 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3157 | return false; |
| 3158 | } |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 | if (alloc == 0) |
| 3161 | alloc = count; |
| 3162 | |
| 3163 | amt = alloc * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr); |
| 3164 | phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3165 | if (phdrs == NULL) |
| 3166 | return false; |
| 3167 | |
| 3168 | off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 3169 | off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 3170 | |
| 3171 | filehdr_vaddr = 0; |
| 3172 | filehdr_paddr = 0; |
| 3173 | phdrs_vaddr = 0; |
| 3174 | phdrs_paddr = 0; |
| 3175 | |
| 3176 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs; |
| 3177 | m != NULL; |
| 3178 | m = m->next, p++) |
| 3179 | { |
| 3180 | unsigned int i; |
| 3181 | asection **secpp; |
| 3182 | |
| 3183 | /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the |
| 3184 | sections may not be correctly ordered. */ |
| 3185 | if (m->count > 0) |
| 3186 | qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *), |
| 3187 | elf_sort_sections); |
| 3188 | |
| 3189 | p->p_type = m->p_type; |
| 3190 | p->p_flags = m->p_flags; |
| 3191 | |
| 3192 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| 3193 | && m->count > 0 |
| 3194 | && (m->sections[0]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 3195 | { |
| 3196 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) |
| 3197 | off += (m->sections[0]->vma - off) % bed->maxpagesize; |
| 3198 | else |
| 3199 | { |
| 3200 | bfd_size_type align; |
| 3201 | |
| 3202 | align = 0; |
| 3203 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) |
| 3204 | { |
| 3205 | bfd_size_type secalign; |
| 3206 | |
| 3207 | secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp); |
| 3208 | if (secalign > align) |
| 3209 | align = secalign; |
| 3210 | } |
| 3211 | |
| 3212 | off += (m->sections[0]->vma - off) % (1 << align); |
| 3213 | } |
| 3214 | } |
| 3215 | |
| 3216 | if (m->count == 0) |
| 3217 | p->p_vaddr = 0; |
| 3218 | else |
| 3219 | p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma; |
| 3220 | |
| 3221 | if (m->p_paddr_valid) |
| 3222 | p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr; |
| 3223 | else if (m->count == 0) |
| 3224 | p->p_paddr = 0; |
| 3225 | else |
| 3226 | p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma; |
| 3227 | |
| 3228 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| 3229 | && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) |
| 3230 | p->p_align = bed->maxpagesize; |
| 3231 | else if (m->count == 0) |
| 3232 | p->p_align = bed->s->file_align; |
| 3233 | else |
| 3234 | p->p_align = 0; |
| 3235 | |
| 3236 | p->p_offset = 0; |
| 3237 | p->p_filesz = 0; |
| 3238 | p->p_memsz = 0; |
| 3239 | |
| 3240 | if (m->includes_filehdr) |
| 3241 | { |
| 3242 | if (! m->p_flags_valid) |
| 3243 | p->p_flags |= PF_R; |
| 3244 | p->p_offset = 0; |
| 3245 | p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 3246 | p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 3247 | if (m->count > 0) |
| 3248 | { |
| 3249 | BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD); |
| 3250 | |
| 3251 | if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off) |
| 3252 | { |
| 3253 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%s: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"), |
| 3254 | bfd_get_filename (abfd)); |
| 3255 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3256 | return false; |
| 3257 | } |
| 3258 | |
| 3259 | p->p_vaddr -= off; |
| 3260 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
| 3261 | p->p_paddr -= off; |
| 3262 | } |
| 3263 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
| 3264 | { |
| 3265 | filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; |
| 3266 | filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr; |
| 3267 | } |
| 3268 | } |
| 3269 | |
| 3270 | if (m->includes_phdrs) |
| 3271 | { |
| 3272 | if (! m->p_flags_valid) |
| 3273 | p->p_flags |= PF_R; |
| 3274 | |
| 3275 | if (m->includes_filehdr) |
| 3276 | { |
| 3277 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
| 3278 | { |
| 3279 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 3280 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 3281 | } |
| 3282 | } |
| 3283 | else |
| 3284 | { |
| 3285 | p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 | if (m->count > 0) |
| 3288 | { |
| 3289 | BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD); |
| 3290 | p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset; |
| 3291 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
| 3292 | p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset; |
| 3293 | } |
| 3294 | |
| 3295 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
| 3296 | { |
| 3297 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; |
| 3298 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr; |
| 3299 | } |
| 3300 | else |
| 3301 | phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 3302 | } |
| 3303 | |
| 3304 | p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 3305 | p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 3306 | } |
| 3307 | |
| 3308 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| 3309 | || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)) |
| 3310 | { |
| 3311 | if (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs) |
| 3312 | p->p_offset = off; |
| 3313 | else |
| 3314 | { |
| 3315 | file_ptr adjust; |
| 3316 | |
| 3317 | adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz); |
| 3318 | p->p_filesz += adjust; |
| 3319 | p->p_memsz += adjust; |
| 3320 | } |
| 3321 | } |
| 3322 | |
| 3323 | voff = off; |
| 3324 | |
| 3325 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) |
| 3326 | { |
| 3327 | asection *sec; |
| 3328 | flagword flags; |
| 3329 | bfd_size_type align; |
| 3330 | |
| 3331 | sec = *secpp; |
| 3332 | flags = sec->flags; |
| 3333 | align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec); |
| 3334 | |
| 3335 | /* The section may have artificial alignment forced by a |
| 3336 | link script. Notice this case by the gap between the |
| 3337 | cumulative phdr lma and the section's lma. */ |
| 3338 | if (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz < sec->lma) |
| 3339 | { |
| 3340 | bfd_vma adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz); |
| 3341 | |
| 3342 | p->p_memsz += adjust; |
| 3343 | off += adjust; |
| 3344 | voff += adjust; |
| 3345 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 3346 | p->p_filesz += adjust; |
| 3347 | } |
| 3348 | |
| 3349 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
| 3350 | { |
| 3351 | bfd_signed_vma adjust; |
| 3352 | |
| 3353 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 3354 | { |
| 3355 | adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz); |
| 3356 | if (adjust < 0) |
| 3357 | adjust = 0; |
| 3358 | } |
| 3359 | else if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 3360 | { |
| 3361 | /* The section VMA must equal the file position |
| 3362 | modulo the page size. FIXME: I'm not sure if |
| 3363 | this adjustment is really necessary. We used to |
| 3364 | not have the SEC_LOAD case just above, and then |
| 3365 | this was necessary, but now I'm not sure. */ |
| 3366 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) |
| 3367 | adjust = (sec->vma - voff) % bed->maxpagesize; |
| 3368 | else |
| 3369 | adjust = (sec->vma - voff) % align; |
| 3370 | } |
| 3371 | else |
| 3372 | adjust = 0; |
| 3373 | |
| 3374 | if (adjust != 0) |
| 3375 | { |
| 3376 | if (i == 0) |
| 3377 | { |
| 3378 | (* _bfd_error_handler) |
| 3379 | (_("Error: First section in segment (%s) starts at 0x%x"), |
| 3380 | bfd_section_name (abfd, sec), sec->lma); |
| 3381 | (* _bfd_error_handler) |
| 3382 | (_(" whereas segment starts at 0x%x"), |
| 3383 | p->p_paddr); |
| 3384 | |
| 3385 | return false; |
| 3386 | } |
| 3387 | p->p_memsz += adjust; |
| 3388 | off += adjust; |
| 3389 | voff += adjust; |
| 3390 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 3391 | p->p_filesz += adjust; |
| 3392 | } |
| 3393 | |
| 3394 | sec->filepos = off; |
| 3395 | |
| 3396 | /* We check SEC_HAS_CONTENTS here because if NOLOAD is |
| 3397 | used in a linker script we may have a section with |
| 3398 | SEC_LOAD clear but which is supposed to have |
| 3399 | contents. */ |
| 3400 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
| 3401 | || (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0) |
| 3402 | off += sec->_raw_size; |
| 3403 | |
| 3404 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 3405 | voff += sec->_raw_size; |
| 3406 | } |
| 3407 | |
| 3408 | if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) |
| 3409 | { |
| 3410 | /* The actual "note" segment has i == 0. |
| 3411 | This is the one that actually contains everything. */ |
| 3412 | if (i == 0) |
| 3413 | { |
| 3414 | sec->filepos = off; |
| 3415 | p->p_filesz = sec->_raw_size; |
| 3416 | off += sec->_raw_size; |
| 3417 | voff = off; |
| 3418 | } |
| 3419 | else |
| 3420 | { |
| 3421 | /* Fake sections -- don't need to be written. */ |
| 3422 | sec->filepos = 0; |
| 3423 | sec->_raw_size = 0; |
| 3424 | flags = sec->flags = 0; |
| 3425 | } |
| 3426 | p->p_memsz = 0; |
| 3427 | p->p_align = 1; |
| 3428 | } |
| 3429 | else |
| 3430 | { |
| 3431 | p->p_memsz += sec->_raw_size; |
| 3432 | |
| 3433 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 3434 | p->p_filesz += sec->_raw_size; |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 | if (align > p->p_align |
| 3437 | && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)) |
| 3438 | p->p_align = align; |
| 3439 | } |
| 3440 | |
| 3441 | if (! m->p_flags_valid) |
| 3442 | { |
| 3443 | p->p_flags |= PF_R; |
| 3444 | if ((flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) |
| 3445 | p->p_flags |= PF_X; |
| 3446 | if ((flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
| 3447 | p->p_flags |= PF_W; |
| 3448 | } |
| 3449 | } |
| 3450 | } |
| 3451 | |
| 3452 | /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up |
| 3453 | the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */ |
| 3454 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs; |
| 3455 | m != NULL; |
| 3456 | m = m->next, p++) |
| 3457 | { |
| 3458 | if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD && m->count > 0) |
| 3459 | { |
| 3460 | BFD_ASSERT (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs); |
| 3461 | p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos; |
| 3462 | } |
| 3463 | if (m->count == 0) |
| 3464 | { |
| 3465 | if (m->includes_filehdr) |
| 3466 | { |
| 3467 | p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr; |
| 3468 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
| 3469 | p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr; |
| 3470 | } |
| 3471 | else if (m->includes_phdrs) |
| 3472 | { |
| 3473 | p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr; |
| 3474 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
| 3475 | p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr; |
| 3476 | } |
| 3477 | } |
| 3478 | } |
| 3479 | |
| 3480 | /* Clear out any program headers we allocated but did not use. */ |
| 3481 | for (; count < alloc; count++, p++) |
| 3482 | { |
| 3483 | memset (p, 0, sizeof *p); |
| 3484 | p->p_type = PT_NULL; |
| 3485 | } |
| 3486 | |
| 3487 | elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs; |
| 3488 | |
| 3489 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; |
| 3490 | |
| 3491 | /* Write out the program headers. */ |
| 3492 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 3493 | || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, phdrs, alloc) != 0) |
| 3494 | return false; |
| 3495 | |
| 3496 | return true; |
| 3497 | } |
| 3498 | |
| 3499 | /* Get the size of the program header. |
| 3500 | |
| 3501 | If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it |
| 3502 | can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout. This only |
| 3503 | happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script. In this case, |
| 3504 | SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one |
| 3505 | data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic). |
| 3506 | |
| 3507 | ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there |
| 3508 | will be two segments. */ |
| 3509 | |
| 3510 | static bfd_size_type |
| 3511 | get_program_header_size (abfd) |
| 3512 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3513 | { |
| 3514 | size_t segs; |
| 3515 | asection *s; |
| 3516 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 3517 | |
| 3518 | /* We can't return a different result each time we're called. */ |
| 3519 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size != 0) |
| 3520 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; |
| 3521 | |
| 3522 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL) |
| 3523 | { |
| 3524 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 3525 | |
| 3526 | segs = 0; |
| 3527 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) |
| 3528 | ++segs; |
| 3529 | elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 3530 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; |
| 3531 | } |
| 3532 | |
| 3533 | /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text |
| 3534 | and one for data. */ |
| 3535 | segs = 2; |
| 3536 | |
| 3537 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); |
| 3538 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 3539 | { |
| 3540 | /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a |
| 3541 | PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a |
| 3542 | PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all |
| 3543 | targets. */ |
| 3544 | segs += 2; |
| 3545 | } |
| 3546 | |
| 3547 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL) |
| 3548 | { |
| 3549 | /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
| 3550 | ++segs; |
| 3551 | } |
| 3552 | |
| 3553 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 3554 | { |
| 3555 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
| 3556 | && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0) |
| 3557 | { |
| 3558 | /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */ |
| 3559 | ++segs; |
| 3560 | } |
| 3561 | } |
| 3562 | |
| 3563 | /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */ |
| 3564 | if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) |
| 3565 | { |
| 3566 | int a; |
| 3567 | |
| 3568 | a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd); |
| 3569 | if (a == -1) |
| 3570 | abort (); |
| 3571 | segs += a; |
| 3572 | } |
| 3573 | |
| 3574 | elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 3575 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; |
| 3576 | } |
| 3577 | |
| 3578 | /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by |
| 3579 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and |
| 3580 | VMAs must be known before this is called. |
| 3581 | |
| 3582 | We do not consider reloc sections at this point, unless they form |
| 3583 | part of the loadable image. Reloc sections are assigned file |
| 3584 | positions in assign_file_positions_for_relocs, which is called by |
| 3585 | write_object_contents and final_link. |
| 3586 | |
| 3587 | We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */ |
| 3588 | |
| 3589 | static boolean |
| 3590 | assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd) |
| 3591 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3592 | { |
| 3593 | struct elf_obj_tdata * const tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); |
| 3594 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr * const i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 3595 | Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| 3596 | file_ptr off; |
| 3597 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 3598 | |
| 3599 | if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0 |
| 3600 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core) |
| 3601 | { |
| 3602 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; |
| 3603 | unsigned int i; |
| 3604 | |
| 3605 | /* Start after the ELF header. */ |
| 3606 | off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize; |
| 3607 | |
| 3608 | /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are |
| 3609 | not creating a program header, and that the actual order of |
| 3610 | the sections in the file is unimportant. */ |
| 3611 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++, hdrpp++) |
| 3612 | { |
| 3613 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 3614 | |
| 3615 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
| 3616 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
| 3617 | { |
| 3618 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; |
| 3619 | continue; |
| 3620 | } |
| 3621 | if (i == tdata->symtab_section |
| 3622 | || i == tdata->strtab_section) |
| 3623 | { |
| 3624 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; |
| 3625 | continue; |
| 3626 | } |
| 3627 | |
| 3628 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true); |
| 3629 | } |
| 3630 | } |
| 3631 | else |
| 3632 | { |
| 3633 | unsigned int i; |
| 3634 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; |
| 3635 | |
| 3636 | /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the |
| 3637 | assignment of sections to segments. */ |
| 3638 | if (! assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd)) |
| 3639 | return false; |
| 3640 | |
| 3641 | /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */ |
| 3642 | |
| 3643 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; |
| 3644 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; i++, hdrpp++) |
| 3645 | { |
| 3646 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 3647 | |
| 3648 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
| 3649 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL |
| 3650 | && hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0) |
| 3651 | hdr->sh_offset = hdr->bfd_section->filepos; |
| 3652 | else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 3653 | { |
| 3654 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 3655 | (_("%s: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"), |
| 3656 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), |
| 3657 | (hdr->bfd_section == NULL |
| 3658 | ? "*unknown*" |
| 3659 | : hdr->bfd_section->name))); |
| 3660 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) |
| 3661 | off += (hdr->sh_addr - off) % bed->maxpagesize; |
| 3662 | else |
| 3663 | off += (hdr->sh_addr - off) % hdr->sh_addralign; |
| 3664 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, |
| 3665 | false); |
| 3666 | } |
| 3667 | else if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL |
| 3668 | || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA |
| 3669 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section] |
| 3670 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section]) |
| 3671 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; |
| 3672 | else |
| 3673 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true); |
| 3674 | } |
| 3675 | } |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 | /* Place the section headers. */ |
| 3678 | off = align_file_position (off, bed->s->file_align); |
| 3679 | i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off; |
| 3680 | off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize; |
| 3681 | |
| 3682 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; |
| 3683 | |
| 3684 | return true; |
| 3685 | } |
| 3686 | |
| 3687 | static boolean |
| 3688 | prep_headers (abfd) |
| 3689 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3690 | { |
| 3691 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ |
| 3692 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */ |
| 3693 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */ |
| 3694 | int count; |
| 3695 | struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab; |
| 3696 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 3697 | |
| 3698 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 3699 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 | shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init (); |
| 3702 | if (shstrtab == NULL) |
| 3703 | return false; |
| 3704 | |
| 3705 | elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab; |
| 3706 | |
| 3707 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0; |
| 3708 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1; |
| 3709 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2; |
| 3710 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3; |
| 3711 | |
| 3712 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass; |
| 3713 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] = |
| 3714 | bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB; |
| 3715 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current; |
| 3716 | |
| 3717 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_NONE; |
| 3718 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 0; |
| 3719 | |
| 3720 | for (count = EI_PAD; count < EI_NIDENT; count++) |
| 3721 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[count] = 0; |
| 3722 | |
| 3723 | if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) |
| 3724 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN; |
| 3725 | else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0) |
| 3726 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC; |
| 3727 | else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) |
| 3728 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE; |
| 3729 | else |
| 3730 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL; |
| 3731 | |
| 3732 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) |
| 3733 | { |
| 3734 | case bfd_arch_unknown: |
| 3735 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE; |
| 3736 | break; |
| 3737 | |
| 3738 | /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting |
| 3739 | e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE |
| 3740 | in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication, |
| 3741 | the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling |
| 3742 | can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(), |
| 3743 | unless they need the information earlier than the final write. |
| 3744 | Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for |
| 3745 | e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */ |
| 3746 | default: |
| 3747 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd) != NULL) |
| 3748 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_machine_code; |
| 3749 | else |
| 3750 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE; |
| 3751 | } |
| 3752 | |
| 3753 | i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current; |
| 3754 | i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 3755 | |
| 3756 | /* No program header, for now. */ |
| 3757 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; |
| 3758 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; |
| 3759 | i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0; |
| 3760 | |
| 3761 | /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */ |
| 3762 | i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd); |
| 3763 | i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr; |
| 3764 | |
| 3765 | /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */ |
| 3766 | if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) |
| 3767 | { |
| 3768 | /* It all happens later. */ |
| 3769 | #if 0 |
| 3770 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr); |
| 3771 | |
| 3772 | /* elf_build_phdrs() returns a (NULL-terminated) array of |
| 3773 | Elf_Internal_Phdrs. */ |
| 3774 | i_phdrp = elf_build_phdrs (abfd, i_ehdrp, i_shdrp, &i_ehdrp->e_phnum); |
| 3775 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = outbase; |
| 3776 | outbase += i_ehdrp->e_phentsize * i_ehdrp->e_phnum; |
| 3777 | #endif |
| 3778 | } |
| 3779 | else |
| 3780 | { |
| 3781 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; |
| 3782 | i_phdrp = 0; |
| 3783 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; |
| 3784 | } |
| 3785 | |
| 3786 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name = |
| 3787 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", false); |
| 3788 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name = |
| 3789 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", false); |
| 3790 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name = |
| 3791 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", false); |
| 3792 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 |
| 3793 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 |
| 3794 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
| 3795 | return false; |
| 3796 | |
| 3797 | return true; |
| 3798 | } |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 | /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part |
| 3801 | of the loadable file image. */ |
| 3802 | |
| 3803 | void |
| 3804 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd) |
| 3805 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3806 | { |
| 3807 | file_ptr off; |
| 3808 | unsigned int i; |
| 3809 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp; |
| 3810 | |
| 3811 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; |
| 3812 | |
| 3813 | for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; |
| 3814 | i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; |
| 3815 | i++, shdrpp++) |
| 3816 | { |
| 3817 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp; |
| 3818 | |
| 3819 | shdrp = *shdrpp; |
| 3820 | if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
| 3821 | && shdrp->sh_offset == -1) |
| 3822 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, true); |
| 3823 | } |
| 3824 | |
| 3825 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; |
| 3826 | } |
| 3827 | |
| 3828 | boolean |
| 3829 | _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd) |
| 3830 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3831 | { |
| 3832 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 3833 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; |
| 3834 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
| 3835 | boolean failed; |
| 3836 | unsigned int count; |
| 3837 | |
| 3838 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun |
| 3839 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions |
| 3840 | (abfd, (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL)) |
| 3841 | return false; |
| 3842 | |
| 3843 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| 3844 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 3845 | |
| 3846 | failed = false; |
| 3847 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed); |
| 3848 | if (failed) |
| 3849 | return false; |
| 3850 | |
| 3851 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd); |
| 3852 | |
| 3853 | /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */ |
| 3854 | for (count = 1; count < i_ehdrp->e_shnum; count++) |
| 3855 | { |
| 3856 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing) |
| 3857 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]); |
| 3858 | if (i_shdrp[count]->contents) |
| 3859 | { |
| 3860 | bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size; |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 3863 | || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt) |
| 3864 | return false; |
| 3865 | } |
| 3866 | } |
| 3867 | |
| 3868 | /* Write out the section header names. */ |
| 3869 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 3870 | || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))) |
| 3871 | return false; |
| 3872 | |
| 3873 | if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) |
| 3874 | (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, |
| 3875 | elf_tdata (abfd)->linker); |
| 3876 | |
| 3877 | return bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd); |
| 3878 | } |
| 3879 | |
| 3880 | boolean |
| 3881 | _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (abfd) |
| 3882 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3883 | { |
| 3884 | /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */ |
| 3885 | return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd); |
| 3886 | } |
| 3887 | |
| 3888 | /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */ |
| 3889 | |
| 3890 | int |
| 3891 | _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, asect) |
| 3892 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3893 | struct sec *asect; |
| 3894 | { |
| 3895 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 3896 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| 3897 | int index; |
| 3898 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 3899 | int maxindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum; |
| 3900 | |
| 3901 | for (index = 0; index < maxindex; index++) |
| 3902 | { |
| 3903 | hdr = i_shdrp[index]; |
| 3904 | if (hdr->bfd_section == asect) |
| 3905 | return index; |
| 3906 | } |
| 3907 | |
| 3908 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) |
| 3909 | { |
| 3910 | for (index = 0; index < maxindex; index++) |
| 3911 | { |
| 3912 | int retval; |
| 3913 | |
| 3914 | hdr = i_shdrp[index]; |
| 3915 | retval = index; |
| 3916 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) |
| 3917 | (abfd, hdr, asect, &retval)) |
| 3918 | return retval; |
| 3919 | } |
| 3920 | } |
| 3921 | |
| 3922 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect)) |
| 3923 | return SHN_ABS; |
| 3924 | if (bfd_is_com_section (asect)) |
| 3925 | return SHN_COMMON; |
| 3926 | if (bfd_is_und_section (asect)) |
| 3927 | return SHN_UNDEF; |
| 3928 | |
| 3929 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); |
| 3930 | |
| 3931 | return -1; |
| 3932 | } |
| 3933 | |
| 3934 | /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1 |
| 3935 | on error. */ |
| 3936 | |
| 3937 | int |
| 3938 | _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, asym_ptr_ptr) |
| 3939 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3940 | asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr; |
| 3941 | { |
| 3942 | asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr; |
| 3943 | int idx; |
| 3944 | flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags; |
| 3945 | |
| 3946 | /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its |
| 3947 | own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the |
| 3948 | symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating |
| 3949 | relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the |
| 3950 | input sections rather than the output section. */ |
| 3951 | if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0 |
| 3952 | && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) |
| 3953 | && asym_ptr->section) |
| 3954 | { |
| 3955 | int indx; |
| 3956 | |
| 3957 | if (asym_ptr->section->output_section != NULL) |
| 3958 | indx = asym_ptr->section->output_section->index; |
| 3959 | else |
| 3960 | indx = asym_ptr->section->index; |
| 3961 | if (indx < elf_num_section_syms (abfd) |
| 3962 | && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL) |
| 3963 | asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i; |
| 3964 | } |
| 3965 | |
| 3966 | idx = asym_ptr->udata.i; |
| 3967 | |
| 3968 | if (idx == 0) |
| 3969 | { |
| 3970 | /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol |
| 3971 | which is used in a relocation entry. */ |
| 3972 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 3973 | (_("%s: symbol `%s' required but not present"), |
| 3974 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr)); |
| 3975 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols); |
| 3976 | return -1; |
| 3977 | } |
| 3978 | |
| 3979 | #if DEBUG & 4 |
| 3980 | { |
| 3981 | fprintf (stderr, |
| 3982 | _("elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n"), |
| 3983 | (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags, |
| 3984 | elf_symbol_flags (flags)); |
| 3985 | fflush (stderr); |
| 3986 | } |
| 3987 | #endif |
| 3988 | |
| 3989 | return idx; |
| 3990 | } |
| 3991 | |
| 3992 | /* Copy private BFD data. This copies any program header information. */ |
| 3993 | |
| 3994 | static boolean |
| 3995 | copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd) |
| 3996 | bfd *ibfd; |
| 3997 | bfd *obfd; |
| 3998 | { |
| 3999 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr * iehdr; |
| 4000 | struct elf_segment_map * map; |
| 4001 | struct elf_segment_map * map_first; |
| 4002 | struct elf_segment_map ** pointer_to_map; |
| 4003 | Elf_Internal_Phdr * segment; |
| 4004 | asection * section; |
| 4005 | unsigned int i; |
| 4006 | unsigned int num_segments; |
| 4007 | boolean phdr_included = false; |
| 4008 | bfd_vma maxpagesize; |
| 4009 | struct elf_segment_map * phdr_adjust_seg = NULL; |
| 4010 | unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0; |
| 4011 | |
| 4012 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 4013 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 4014 | return true; |
| 4015 | |
| 4016 | if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL) |
| 4017 | return true; |
| 4018 | |
| 4019 | iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); |
| 4020 | |
| 4021 | map_first = NULL; |
| 4022 | pointer_to_map = &map_first; |
| 4023 | |
| 4024 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; |
| 4025 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize; |
| 4026 | |
| 4027 | /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */ |
| 4028 | #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \ |
| 4029 | (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \ |
| 4030 | ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz)) |
| 4031 | |
| 4032 | /* Returns true if the given section is contained within |
| 4033 | the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */ |
| 4034 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \ |
| 4035 | (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \ |
| 4036 | && (section->vma + section->_raw_size) \ |
| 4037 | <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))) |
| 4038 | |
| 4039 | /* Returns true if the given section is contained within |
| 4040 | the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */ |
| 4041 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \ |
| 4042 | (section->lma >= base \ |
| 4043 | && (section->lma + section->_raw_size) \ |
| 4044 | <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)) |
| 4045 | |
| 4046 | /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */ |
| 4047 | #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \ |
| 4048 | (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \ |
| 4049 | && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \ |
| 4050 | && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \ |
| 4051 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ |
| 4052 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->_raw_size \ |
| 4053 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz) |
| 4054 | |
| 4055 | /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris |
| 4056 | linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and |
| 4057 | p_memsz set to 0. */ |
| 4058 | #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \ |
| 4059 | ( p->p_vaddr == 0 \ |
| 4060 | && p->p_filesz > 0 \ |
| 4061 | && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \ |
| 4062 | && s->_raw_size > 0 \ |
| 4063 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ |
| 4064 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->_raw_size \ |
| 4065 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) |
| 4066 | |
| 4067 | /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment. |
| 4068 | A section will be included if: |
| 4069 | 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA |
| 4070 | if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise, |
| 4071 | 2. It is an allocated segment, |
| 4072 | 3. There is an output section associated with it, |
| 4073 | 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment. */ |
| 4074 | #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment) \ |
| 4075 | (((((segment->p_paddr \ |
| 4076 | ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \ |
| 4077 | : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \ |
| 4078 | || IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section)) \ |
| 4079 | && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \ |
| 4080 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \ |
| 4081 | && section->output_section != NULL \ |
| 4082 | && section->segment_mark == false) |
| 4083 | |
| 4084 | /* Returns true iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */ |
| 4085 | #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2) \ |
| 4086 | (seg1->p_vaddr >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->p_vaddr)) |
| 4087 | |
| 4088 | /* Returns true iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. */ |
| 4089 | #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \ |
| 4090 | (!(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2) || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1))) |
| 4091 | |
| 4092 | /* Initialise the segment mark field. */ |
| 4093 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next) |
| 4094 | section->segment_mark = false; |
| 4095 | |
| 4096 | /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header |
| 4097 | of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps |
| 4098 | in the loadable segments. These can be created by wierd |
| 4099 | parameters to objcopy. */ |
| 4100 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
| 4101 | i < num_segments; |
| 4102 | i++, segment++) |
| 4103 | { |
| 4104 | unsigned int j; |
| 4105 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2; |
| 4106 | |
| 4107 | if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) |
| 4108 | continue; |
| 4109 | |
| 4110 | /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */ |
| 4111 | for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++) |
| 4112 | { |
| 4113 | bfd_signed_vma extra_length; |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 | if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD |
| 4116 | || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2)) |
| 4117 | continue; |
| 4118 | |
| 4119 | /* Merge the two segments together. */ |
| 4120 | if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr) |
| 4121 | { |
| 4122 | /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete |
| 4123 | SEGMENT. */ |
| 4124 | extra_length = |
| 4125 | SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr) |
| 4126 | - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr); |
| 4127 | |
| 4128 | if (extra_length > 0) |
| 4129 | { |
| 4130 | segment2->p_memsz += extra_length; |
| 4131 | segment2->p_filesz += extra_length; |
| 4132 | } |
| 4133 | |
| 4134 | segment->p_type = PT_NULL; |
| 4135 | |
| 4136 | /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */ |
| 4137 | i = 0; |
| 4138 | segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
| 4139 | break; |
| 4140 | } |
| 4141 | else |
| 4142 | { |
| 4143 | /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete |
| 4144 | SEGMENT2. */ |
| 4145 | extra_length = |
| 4146 | SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr) |
| 4147 | - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr); |
| 4148 | |
| 4149 | if (extra_length > 0) |
| 4150 | { |
| 4151 | segment->p_memsz += extra_length; |
| 4152 | segment->p_filesz += extra_length; |
| 4153 | } |
| 4154 | |
| 4155 | segment2->p_type = PT_NULL; |
| 4156 | } |
| 4157 | } |
| 4158 | } |
| 4159 | |
| 4160 | /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */ |
| 4161 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
| 4162 | i < num_segments; |
| 4163 | i ++, segment ++) |
| 4164 | { |
| 4165 | unsigned int section_count; |
| 4166 | asection ** sections; |
| 4167 | asection * output_section; |
| 4168 | unsigned int isec; |
| 4169 | bfd_vma matching_lma; |
| 4170 | bfd_vma suggested_lma; |
| 4171 | unsigned int j; |
| 4172 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 4173 | |
| 4174 | if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL) |
| 4175 | continue; |
| 4176 | |
| 4177 | /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */ |
| 4178 | section_count = 0; |
| 4179 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next) |
| 4180 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment)) |
| 4181 | ++section_count; |
| 4182 | |
| 4183 | /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain all of the |
| 4184 | sections we have selected. */ |
| 4185 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 4186 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 4187 | map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_alloc (obfd, amt); |
| 4188 | if (map == NULL) |
| 4189 | return false; |
| 4190 | |
| 4191 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to |
| 4192 | using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */ |
| 4193 | map->next = NULL; |
| 4194 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; |
| 4195 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; |
| 4196 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 4197 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; |
| 4198 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1; |
| 4199 | |
| 4200 | /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header |
| 4201 | and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ |
| 4202 | map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 |
| 4203 | && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); |
| 4204 | |
| 4205 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; |
| 4206 | |
| 4207 | if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) |
| 4208 | { |
| 4209 | map->includes_phdrs = |
| 4210 | (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
| 4211 | && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz |
| 4212 | >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
| 4213 | + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); |
| 4214 | |
| 4215 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) |
| 4216 | phdr_included = true; |
| 4217 | } |
| 4218 | |
| 4219 | if (section_count == 0) |
| 4220 | { |
| 4221 | /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain |
| 4222 | no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain |
| 4223 | something. */ |
| 4224 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
| 4225 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 4226 | (_("%s: warning: Empty loadable segment detected\n"), |
| 4227 | bfd_archive_filename (ibfd)); |
| 4228 | |
| 4229 | map->count = 0; |
| 4230 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
| 4231 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
| 4232 | |
| 4233 | continue; |
| 4234 | } |
| 4235 | |
| 4236 | /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt |
| 4237 | to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map. |
| 4238 | The problem here is how to handle an output section which has |
| 4239 | been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities: |
| 4240 | |
| 4241 | 1. None of the sections have been moved. |
| 4242 | In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the |
| 4243 | input BFD. |
| 4244 | |
| 4245 | 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount. |
| 4246 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA |
| 4247 | of the first section. |
| 4248 | |
| 4249 | 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not. |
| 4250 | In this case those sections which have not been moved can be |
| 4251 | placed in the current segment which will have to have its size, |
| 4252 | and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will |
| 4253 | have to be created to contain the other sections. |
| 4254 | |
| 4255 | 4. The sections have been moved, but not be the same amount. |
| 4256 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA |
| 4257 | of the first section and we will have to create a new segment |
| 4258 | or segments to contain the other sections. |
| 4259 | |
| 4260 | In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section |
| 4261 | pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned |
| 4262 | to a segment, they are removed from this array. */ |
| 4263 | |
| 4264 | amt = (bfd_size_type) section_count * sizeof (asection *); |
| 4265 | sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt); |
| 4266 | if (sections == NULL) |
| 4267 | return false; |
| 4268 | |
| 4269 | /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts. |
| 4270 | Also add the sections to the section array allocated above. |
| 4271 | Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common |
| 4272 | case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that |
| 4273 | we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing |
| 4274 | more to do. */ |
| 4275 | isec = 0; |
| 4276 | matching_lma = 0; |
| 4277 | suggested_lma = 0; |
| 4278 | |
| 4279 | for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections; |
| 4280 | section != NULL; |
| 4281 | section = section->next) |
| 4282 | { |
| 4283 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment)) |
| 4284 | { |
| 4285 | output_section = section->output_section; |
| 4286 | |
| 4287 | sections[j ++] = section; |
| 4288 | |
| 4289 | /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0. |
| 4290 | We try to catch that case here, and set it to the |
| 4291 | correct value. */ |
| 4292 | if (segment->p_paddr == 0 |
| 4293 | && segment->p_vaddr != 0 |
| 4294 | && isec == 0 |
| 4295 | && output_section->lma != 0 |
| 4296 | && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr |
| 4297 | + (map->includes_filehdr |
| 4298 | ? iehdr->e_ehsize |
| 4299 | : 0) |
| 4300 | + (map->includes_phdrs |
| 4301 | ? (iehdr->e_phnum |
| 4302 | * iehdr->e_phentsize) |
| 4303 | : 0)))) |
| 4304 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr; |
| 4305 | |
| 4306 | /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the |
| 4307 | LMA address of the output section. */ |
| 4308 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) |
| 4309 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) |
| 4310 | { |
| 4311 | if (matching_lma == 0) |
| 4312 | matching_lma = output_section->lma; |
| 4313 | |
| 4314 | /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment |
| 4315 | then it does not overlap any other section within that |
| 4316 | segment. */ |
| 4317 | map->sections[isec ++] = output_section; |
| 4318 | } |
| 4319 | else if (suggested_lma == 0) |
| 4320 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
| 4321 | } |
| 4322 | } |
| 4323 | |
| 4324 | BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count); |
| 4325 | |
| 4326 | /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment, |
| 4327 | if necessary. */ |
| 4328 | if (isec == section_count) |
| 4329 | { |
| 4330 | /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently |
| 4331 | specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to |
| 4332 | the list of built segments and carry on to process the next |
| 4333 | program header in the input BFD. */ |
| 4334 | map->count = section_count; |
| 4335 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
| 4336 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 | free (sections); |
| 4339 | continue; |
| 4340 | } |
| 4341 | else |
| 4342 | { |
| 4343 | if (matching_lma != 0) |
| 4344 | { |
| 4345 | /* At least one section fits inside the current segment. |
| 4346 | Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the |
| 4347 | LMA of the first section that fitted. */ |
| 4348 | map->p_paddr = matching_lma; |
| 4349 | } |
| 4350 | else |
| 4351 | { |
| 4352 | /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment. |
| 4353 | Change the current segment's physical address to match |
| 4354 | the LMA of the first section. */ |
| 4355 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; |
| 4356 | } |
| 4357 | |
| 4358 | /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma |
| 4359 | to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */ |
| 4360 | if (map->includes_filehdr) |
| 4361 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize; |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 | if (map->includes_phdrs) |
| 4364 | { |
| 4365 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize; |
| 4366 | |
| 4367 | /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number |
| 4368 | of program headers that we will need. Make a note |
| 4369 | here of the number we used and the segment we chose |
| 4370 | to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the |
| 4371 | offset when we know the correct value. */ |
| 4372 | phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum; |
| 4373 | phdr_adjust_seg = map; |
| 4374 | } |
| 4375 | } |
| 4376 | |
| 4377 | /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning |
| 4378 | those that fit to the current segment and remvoing them from the |
| 4379 | sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all |
| 4380 | possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is |
| 4381 | added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain |
| 4382 | to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating |
| 4383 | the loop. */ |
| 4384 | isec = 0; |
| 4385 | do |
| 4386 | { |
| 4387 | map->count = 0; |
| 4388 | suggested_lma = 0; |
| 4389 | |
| 4390 | /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */ |
| 4391 | for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++) |
| 4392 | { |
| 4393 | section = sections[j]; |
| 4394 | |
| 4395 | if (section == NULL) |
| 4396 | continue; |
| 4397 | |
| 4398 | output_section = section->output_section; |
| 4399 | |
| 4400 | BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL); |
| 4401 | |
| 4402 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) |
| 4403 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) |
| 4404 | { |
| 4405 | if (map->count == 0) |
| 4406 | { |
| 4407 | /* If the first section in a segment does not start at |
| 4408 | the beginning of the segment, then something is |
| 4409 | wrong. */ |
| 4410 | if (output_section->lma != |
| 4411 | (map->p_paddr |
| 4412 | + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0) |
| 4413 | + (map->includes_phdrs |
| 4414 | ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize |
| 4415 | : 0))) |
| 4416 | abort (); |
| 4417 | } |
| 4418 | else |
| 4419 | { |
| 4420 | asection * prev_sec; |
| 4421 | |
| 4422 | prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1]; |
| 4423 | |
| 4424 | /* If the gap between the end of the previous section |
| 4425 | and the start of this section is more than |
| 4426 | maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */ |
| 4427 | if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size, |
| 4428 | maxpagesize) |
| 4429 | < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize)) |
| 4430 | || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size) |
| 4431 | > output_section->lma)) |
| 4432 | { |
| 4433 | if (suggested_lma == 0) |
| 4434 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
| 4435 | |
| 4436 | continue; |
| 4437 | } |
| 4438 | } |
| 4439 | |
| 4440 | map->sections[map->count++] = output_section; |
| 4441 | ++isec; |
| 4442 | sections[j] = NULL; |
| 4443 | section->segment_mark = true; |
| 4444 | } |
| 4445 | else if (suggested_lma == 0) |
| 4446 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
| 4447 | } |
| 4448 | |
| 4449 | BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0); |
| 4450 | |
| 4451 | /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */ |
| 4452 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
| 4453 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
| 4454 | |
| 4455 | if (isec < section_count) |
| 4456 | { |
| 4457 | /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to |
| 4458 | segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it |
| 4459 | and carry on looping. */ |
| 4460 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 4461 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 4462 | map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_alloc (obfd, amt); |
| 4463 | if (map == NULL) |
| 4464 | return false; |
| 4465 | |
| 4466 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical |
| 4467 | physical address to the LMA of the first section that has |
| 4468 | not yet been assigned. */ |
| 4469 | map->next = NULL; |
| 4470 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; |
| 4471 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; |
| 4472 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 4473 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; |
| 4474 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1; |
| 4475 | map->includes_filehdr = 0; |
| 4476 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; |
| 4477 | } |
| 4478 | } |
| 4479 | while (isec < section_count); |
| 4480 | |
| 4481 | free (sections); |
| 4482 | } |
| 4483 | |
| 4484 | /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the |
| 4485 | p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a |
| 4486 | file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it |
| 4487 | reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */ |
| 4488 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) |
| 4489 | if (map->p_paddr != 0) |
| 4490 | break; |
| 4491 | if (map == NULL) |
| 4492 | { |
| 4493 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) |
| 4494 | map->p_paddr_valid = 0; |
| 4495 | } |
| 4496 | |
| 4497 | elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first; |
| 4498 | |
| 4499 | /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were |
| 4500 | going to be needed, then check our estimate know and adjust |
| 4501 | the offset if necessary. */ |
| 4502 | if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL) |
| 4503 | { |
| 4504 | unsigned int count; |
| 4505 | |
| 4506 | for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) |
| 4507 | count++; |
| 4508 | |
| 4509 | if (count > phdr_adjust_num) |
| 4510 | phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr |
| 4511 | -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize; |
| 4512 | } |
| 4513 | |
| 4514 | #if 0 |
| 4515 | /* Final Step: Sort the segments into ascending order of physical |
| 4516 | address. */ |
| 4517 | if (map_first != NULL) |
| 4518 | { |
| 4519 | struct elf_segment_map *prev; |
| 4520 | |
| 4521 | prev = map_first; |
| 4522 | for (map = map_first->next; map != NULL; prev = map, map = map->next) |
| 4523 | { |
| 4524 | /* Yes I know - its a bubble sort.... */ |
| 4525 | if (map->next != NULL && (map->next->p_paddr < map->p_paddr)) |
| 4526 | { |
| 4527 | /* Swap map and map->next. */ |
| 4528 | prev->next = map->next; |
| 4529 | map->next = map->next->next; |
| 4530 | prev->next->next = map; |
| 4531 | |
| 4532 | /* Restart loop. */ |
| 4533 | map = map_first; |
| 4534 | } |
| 4535 | } |
| 4536 | } |
| 4537 | #endif |
| 4538 | |
| 4539 | #undef SEGMENT_END |
| 4540 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA |
| 4541 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA |
| 4542 | #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE |
| 4543 | #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP |
| 4544 | #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT |
| 4545 | #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT |
| 4546 | #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS |
| 4547 | return true; |
| 4548 | } |
| 4549 | |
| 4550 | /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize |
| 4551 | field, and sometimes the info field. */ |
| 4552 | |
| 4553 | boolean |
| 4554 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec) |
| 4555 | bfd *ibfd; |
| 4556 | asection *isec; |
| 4557 | bfd *obfd; |
| 4558 | asection *osec; |
| 4559 | { |
| 4560 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; |
| 4561 | |
| 4562 | if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 4563 | || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 4564 | return true; |
| 4565 | |
| 4566 | /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied. |
| 4567 | This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data |
| 4568 | entry point, because the latter is called after the section |
| 4569 | contents have been set, which means that the program headers have |
| 4570 | already been worked out. */ |
| 4571 | if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL |
| 4572 | && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL) |
| 4573 | { |
| 4574 | asection *s; |
| 4575 | |
| 4576 | /* Only set up the segments if there are no more SEC_ALLOC |
| 4577 | sections. FIXME: This won't do the right thing if objcopy is |
| 4578 | used to remove the last SEC_ALLOC section, since objcopy |
| 4579 | won't call this routine in that case. */ |
| 4580 | for (s = isec->next; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 4581 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 4582 | break; |
| 4583 | if (s == NULL) |
| 4584 | { |
| 4585 | if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)) |
| 4586 | return false; |
| 4587 | } |
| 4588 | } |
| 4589 | |
| 4590 | ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; |
| 4591 | ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; |
| 4592 | |
| 4593 | ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize; |
| 4594 | |
| 4595 | if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB |
| 4596 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM |
| 4597 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed |
| 4598 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef) |
| 4599 | ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info; |
| 4600 | |
| 4601 | elf_section_data (osec)->use_rela_p |
| 4602 | = elf_section_data (isec)->use_rela_p; |
| 4603 | |
| 4604 | return true; |
| 4605 | } |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 | /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section |
| 4608 | which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section |
| 4609 | index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped |
| 4610 | section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the |
| 4611 | swap_out_syms function. */ |
| 4612 | |
| 4613 | #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_LORESERVE - 1) |
| 4614 | #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_LORESERVE - 2) |
| 4615 | #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_LORESERVE - 3) |
| 4616 | #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_LORESERVE - 4) |
| 4617 | |
| 4618 | boolean |
| 4619 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (ibfd, isymarg, obfd, osymarg) |
| 4620 | bfd *ibfd; |
| 4621 | asymbol *isymarg; |
| 4622 | bfd *obfd; |
| 4623 | asymbol *osymarg; |
| 4624 | { |
| 4625 | elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym; |
| 4626 | |
| 4627 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 4628 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 4629 | return true; |
| 4630 | |
| 4631 | isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg); |
| 4632 | osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg); |
| 4633 | |
| 4634 | if (isym != NULL |
| 4635 | && osym != NULL |
| 4636 | && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section)) |
| 4637 | { |
| 4638 | unsigned int shndx; |
| 4639 | |
| 4640 | shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; |
| 4641 | if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd)) |
| 4642 | shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB; |
| 4643 | else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd)) |
| 4644 | shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB; |
| 4645 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section) |
| 4646 | shndx = MAP_STRTAB; |
| 4647 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section) |
| 4648 | shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB; |
| 4649 | osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx; |
| 4650 | } |
| 4651 | |
| 4652 | return true; |
| 4653 | } |
| 4654 | |
| 4655 | /* Swap out the symbols. */ |
| 4656 | |
| 4657 | static boolean |
| 4658 | swap_out_syms (abfd, sttp, relocatable_p) |
| 4659 | bfd *abfd; |
| 4660 | struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp; |
| 4661 | int relocatable_p; |
| 4662 | { |
| 4663 | struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 4664 | int symcount; |
| 4665 | asymbol **syms; |
| 4666 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt; |
| 4667 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 4668 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr; |
| 4669 | char *outbound_syms; |
| 4670 | int idx; |
| 4671 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 4672 | |
| 4673 | if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd)) |
| 4674 | return false; |
| 4675 | |
| 4676 | /* Dump out the symtabs. */ |
| 4677 | stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (); |
| 4678 | if (stt == NULL) |
| 4679 | return false; |
| 4680 | |
| 4681 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 4682 | symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); |
| 4683 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 4684 | symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB; |
| 4685 | symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 4686 | symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1); |
| 4687 | symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1; |
| 4688 | symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = bed->s->file_align; |
| 4689 | |
| 4690 | symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; |
| 4691 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
| 4692 | |
| 4693 | amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 4694 | outbound_syms = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 4695 | if (outbound_syms == NULL) |
| 4696 | return false; |
| 4697 | symtab_hdr->contents = (PTR) outbound_syms; |
| 4698 | |
| 4699 | /* now generate the data (for "contents") */ |
| 4700 | { |
| 4701 | /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */ |
| 4702 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
| 4703 | sym.st_name = 0; |
| 4704 | sym.st_value = 0; |
| 4705 | sym.st_size = 0; |
| 4706 | sym.st_info = 0; |
| 4707 | sym.st_other = 0; |
| 4708 | sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; |
| 4709 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, (PTR) outbound_syms); |
| 4710 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 4711 | } |
| 4712 | |
| 4713 | syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); |
| 4714 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| 4715 | { |
| 4716 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
| 4717 | bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value; |
| 4718 | elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; |
| 4719 | flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags; |
| 4720 | int type; |
| 4721 | |
| 4722 | if ((flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM) |
| 4723 | { |
| 4724 | /* Local section symbols have no name. */ |
| 4725 | sym.st_name = 0; |
| 4726 | } |
| 4727 | else |
| 4728 | { |
| 4729 | sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt, |
| 4730 | syms[idx]->name, |
| 4731 | true, false); |
| 4732 | if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1) |
| 4733 | return false; |
| 4734 | } |
| 4735 | |
| 4736 | type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]); |
| 4737 | |
| 4738 | if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 |
| 4739 | && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) |
| 4740 | { |
| 4741 | /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field, |
| 4742 | and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from |
| 4743 | how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */ |
| 4744 | sym.st_size = value; |
| 4745 | if (type_ptr == NULL |
| 4746 | || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0) |
| 4747 | sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value)); |
| 4748 | else |
| 4749 | sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value; |
| 4750 | sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section |
| 4751 | (abfd, syms[idx]->section); |
| 4752 | } |
| 4753 | else |
| 4754 | { |
| 4755 | asection *sec = syms[idx]->section; |
| 4756 | int shndx; |
| 4757 | |
| 4758 | if (sec->output_section) |
| 4759 | { |
| 4760 | value += sec->output_offset; |
| 4761 | sec = sec->output_section; |
| 4762 | } |
| 4763 | /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */ |
| 4764 | if (! relocatable_p) |
| 4765 | value += sec->vma; |
| 4766 | sym.st_value = value; |
| 4767 | sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0; |
| 4768 | |
| 4769 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec) |
| 4770 | && type_ptr != NULL |
| 4771 | && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0) |
| 4772 | { |
| 4773 | /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did |
| 4774 | not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done |
| 4775 | by copy_private_symbol_data. */ |
| 4776 | shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; |
| 4777 | switch (shndx) |
| 4778 | { |
| 4779 | case MAP_ONESYMTAB: |
| 4780 | shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd); |
| 4781 | break; |
| 4782 | case MAP_DYNSYMTAB: |
| 4783 | shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd); |
| 4784 | break; |
| 4785 | case MAP_STRTAB: |
| 4786 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section; |
| 4787 | break; |
| 4788 | case MAP_SHSTRTAB: |
| 4789 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section; |
| 4790 | break; |
| 4791 | default: |
| 4792 | break; |
| 4793 | } |
| 4794 | } |
| 4795 | else |
| 4796 | { |
| 4797 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); |
| 4798 | |
| 4799 | if (shndx == -1) |
| 4800 | { |
| 4801 | asection *sec2; |
| 4802 | |
| 4803 | /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if |
| 4804 | we had some decent documentation on bfd, and |
| 4805 | knew what to expect of the library, and what to |
| 4806 | demand of applications. For example, it |
| 4807 | appears that `objcopy' might not set the |
| 4808 | section of a symbol to be a section that is |
| 4809 | actually in the output file. */ |
| 4810 | sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name); |
| 4811 | BFD_ASSERT (sec2 != 0); |
| 4812 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2); |
| 4813 | BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1); |
| 4814 | } |
| 4815 | } |
| 4816 | |
| 4817 | sym.st_shndx = shndx; |
| 4818 | } |
| 4819 | |
| 4820 | if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0) |
| 4821 | type = STT_FUNC; |
| 4822 | else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0) |
| 4823 | type = STT_OBJECT; |
| 4824 | else |
| 4825 | type = STT_NOTYPE; |
| 4826 | |
| 4827 | /* Processor-specific types */ |
| 4828 | if (type_ptr != NULL |
| 4829 | && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) |
| 4830 | type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) |
| 4831 | (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type)); |
| 4832 | |
| 4833 | if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) |
| 4834 | { |
| 4835 | if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) |
| 4836 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); |
| 4837 | else |
| 4838 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION); |
| 4839 | } |
| 4840 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) |
| 4841 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type); |
| 4842 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section)) |
| 4843 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK) |
| 4844 | ? STB_WEAK |
| 4845 | : STB_GLOBAL), |
| 4846 | type); |
| 4847 | else if (flags & BSF_FILE) |
| 4848 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE); |
| 4849 | else |
| 4850 | { |
| 4851 | int bind = STB_LOCAL; |
| 4852 | |
| 4853 | if (flags & BSF_LOCAL) |
| 4854 | bind = STB_LOCAL; |
| 4855 | else if (flags & BSF_WEAK) |
| 4856 | bind = STB_WEAK; |
| 4857 | else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) |
| 4858 | bind = STB_GLOBAL; |
| 4859 | |
| 4860 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type); |
| 4861 | } |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 | if (type_ptr != NULL) |
| 4864 | sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other; |
| 4865 | else |
| 4866 | sym.st_other = 0; |
| 4867 | |
| 4868 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, (PTR) outbound_syms); |
| 4869 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 4870 | } |
| 4871 | |
| 4872 | *sttp = stt; |
| 4873 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt); |
| 4874 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
| 4875 | |
| 4876 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| 4877 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| 4878 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| 4879 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
| 4880 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; |
| 4881 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; |
| 4882 | |
| 4883 | return true; |
| 4884 | } |
| 4885 | |
| 4886 | /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector. |
| 4887 | |
| 4888 | Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate |
| 4889 | the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table |
| 4890 | always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */ |
| 4891 | |
| 4892 | long |
| 4893 | _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd) |
| 4894 | bfd *abfd; |
| 4895 | { |
| 4896 | long symcount; |
| 4897 | long symtab_size; |
| 4898 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 4899 | |
| 4900 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 4901 | symtab_size = (symcount - 1 + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); |
| 4902 | |
| 4903 | return symtab_size; |
| 4904 | } |
| 4905 | |
| 4906 | long |
| 4907 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (abfd) |
| 4908 | bfd *abfd; |
| 4909 | { |
| 4910 | long symcount; |
| 4911 | long symtab_size; |
| 4912 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; |
| 4913 | |
| 4914 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) |
| 4915 | { |
| 4916 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 4917 | return -1; |
| 4918 | } |
| 4919 | |
| 4920 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 4921 | symtab_size = (symcount - 1 + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 | return symtab_size; |
| 4924 | } |
| 4925 | |
| 4926 | long |
| 4927 | _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (abfd, asect) |
| 4928 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 4929 | sec_ptr asect; |
| 4930 | { |
| 4931 | return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *); |
| 4932 | } |
| 4933 | |
| 4934 | /* Canonicalize the relocs. */ |
| 4935 | |
| 4936 | long |
| 4937 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (abfd, section, relptr, symbols) |
| 4938 | bfd *abfd; |
| 4939 | sec_ptr section; |
| 4940 | arelent **relptr; |
| 4941 | asymbol **symbols; |
| 4942 | { |
| 4943 | arelent *tblptr; |
| 4944 | unsigned int i; |
| 4945 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 4946 | |
| 4947 | if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, false)) |
| 4948 | return -1; |
| 4949 | |
| 4950 | tblptr = section->relocation; |
| 4951 | for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++) |
| 4952 | *relptr++ = tblptr++; |
| 4953 | |
| 4954 | *relptr = NULL; |
| 4955 | |
| 4956 | return section->reloc_count; |
| 4957 | } |
| 4958 | |
| 4959 | long |
| 4960 | _bfd_elf_get_symtab (abfd, alocation) |
| 4961 | bfd *abfd; |
| 4962 | asymbol **alocation; |
| 4963 | { |
| 4964 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 4965 | long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, alocation, false); |
| 4966 | |
| 4967 | if (symcount >= 0) |
| 4968 | bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount; |
| 4969 | return symcount; |
| 4970 | } |
| 4971 | |
| 4972 | long |
| 4973 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (abfd, alocation) |
| 4974 | bfd *abfd; |
| 4975 | asymbol **alocation; |
| 4976 | { |
| 4977 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 4978 | return bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, alocation, true); |
| 4979 | } |
| 4980 | |
| 4981 | /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any |
| 4982 | section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type |
| 4983 | SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is |
| 4984 | considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */ |
| 4985 | |
| 4986 | long |
| 4987 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (abfd) |
| 4988 | bfd *abfd; |
| 4989 | { |
| 4990 | long ret; |
| 4991 | asection *s; |
| 4992 | |
| 4993 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) |
| 4994 | { |
| 4995 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 4996 | return -1; |
| 4997 | } |
| 4998 | |
| 4999 | ret = sizeof (arelent *); |
| 5000 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 5001 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) |
| 5002 | && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL |
| 5003 | || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) |
| 5004 | ret += ((s->_raw_size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize) |
| 5005 | * sizeof (arelent *)); |
| 5006 | |
| 5007 | return ret; |
| 5008 | } |
| 5009 | |
| 5010 | /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return |
| 5011 | the dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are |
| 5012 | actually associated with particular sections; the interface, which |
| 5013 | was designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there |
| 5014 | is only one set of dynamic relocs. Any section that was actually |
| 5015 | installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses |
| 5016 | the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc |
| 5017 | section. */ |
| 5018 | |
| 5019 | long |
| 5020 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (abfd, storage, syms) |
| 5021 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5022 | arelent **storage; |
| 5023 | asymbol **syms; |
| 5024 | { |
| 5025 | boolean (*slurp_relocs) PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, boolean)); |
| 5026 | asection *s; |
| 5027 | long ret; |
| 5028 | |
| 5029 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) |
| 5030 | { |
| 5031 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 5032 | return -1; |
| 5033 | } |
| 5034 | |
| 5035 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; |
| 5036 | ret = 0; |
| 5037 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 5038 | { |
| 5039 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) |
| 5040 | && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL |
| 5041 | || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) |
| 5042 | { |
| 5043 | arelent *p; |
| 5044 | long count, i; |
| 5045 | |
| 5046 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, true)) |
| 5047 | return -1; |
| 5048 | count = s->_raw_size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize; |
| 5049 | p = s->relocation; |
| 5050 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++) |
| 5051 | *storage++ = p++; |
| 5052 | ret += count; |
| 5053 | } |
| 5054 | } |
| 5055 | |
| 5056 | *storage = NULL; |
| 5057 | |
| 5058 | return ret; |
| 5059 | } |
| 5060 | \f |
| 5061 | /* Read in the version information. */ |
| 5062 | |
| 5063 | boolean |
| 5064 | _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd) |
| 5065 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5066 | { |
| 5067 | bfd_byte *contents = NULL; |
| 5068 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 5069 | |
| 5070 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) |
| 5071 | { |
| 5072 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 5073 | Elf_External_Verdef *everdef; |
| 5074 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; |
| 5075 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr; |
| 5076 | Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem; |
| 5077 | unsigned int i; |
| 5078 | unsigned int maxidx; |
| 5079 | |
| 5080 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr; |
| 5081 | |
| 5082 | contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); |
| 5083 | if (contents == NULL) |
| 5084 | goto error_return; |
| 5085 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 5086 | || bfd_bread ((PTR) contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) |
| 5087 | goto error_return; |
| 5088 | |
| 5089 | /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum |
| 5090 | index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find |
| 5091 | the maximum. */ |
| 5092 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; |
| 5093 | maxidx = 0; |
| 5094 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i) |
| 5095 | { |
| 5096 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); |
| 5097 | |
| 5098 | if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx) |
| 5099 | maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION); |
| 5100 | |
| 5101 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) |
| 5102 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next)); |
| 5103 | } |
| 5104 | |
| 5105 | amt = (bfd_size_type) maxidx * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef); |
| 5106 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 5107 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) |
| 5108 | goto error_return; |
| 5109 | |
| 5110 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx; |
| 5111 | |
| 5112 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; |
| 5113 | iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; |
| 5114 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++) |
| 5115 | { |
| 5116 | Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux; |
| 5117 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; |
| 5118 | unsigned int j; |
| 5119 | |
| 5120 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); |
| 5121 | |
| 5122 | iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1]; |
| 5123 | memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); |
| 5124 | |
| 5125 | iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; |
| 5126 | |
| 5127 | amt = (bfd_size_type) iverdef->vd_cnt * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux); |
| 5128 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = (Elf_Internal_Verdaux *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 5129 | if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) |
| 5130 | goto error_return; |
| 5131 | |
| 5132 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) |
| 5133 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux)); |
| 5134 | iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; |
| 5135 | for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++) |
| 5136 | { |
| 5137 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux); |
| 5138 | |
| 5139 | iverdaux->vda_nodename = |
| 5140 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
| 5141 | iverdaux->vda_name); |
| 5142 | if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL) |
| 5143 | goto error_return; |
| 5144 | |
| 5145 | if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt) |
| 5146 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1; |
| 5147 | else |
| 5148 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL; |
| 5149 | |
| 5150 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) |
| 5151 | ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next)); |
| 5152 | } |
| 5153 | |
| 5154 | iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename; |
| 5155 | |
| 5156 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info) |
| 5157 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1; |
| 5158 | else |
| 5159 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; |
| 5160 | |
| 5161 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) |
| 5162 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next)); |
| 5163 | } |
| 5164 | |
| 5165 | free (contents); |
| 5166 | contents = NULL; |
| 5167 | } |
| 5168 | |
| 5169 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) |
| 5170 | { |
| 5171 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 5172 | Elf_External_Verneed *everneed; |
| 5173 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed; |
| 5174 | unsigned int i; |
| 5175 | |
| 5176 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr; |
| 5177 | |
| 5178 | amt = (bfd_size_type) hdr->sh_info * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed); |
| 5179 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = |
| 5180 | (Elf_Internal_Verneed *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 5181 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL) |
| 5182 | goto error_return; |
| 5183 | |
| 5184 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info; |
| 5185 | |
| 5186 | contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); |
| 5187 | if (contents == NULL) |
| 5188 | goto error_return; |
| 5189 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 5190 | || bfd_bread ((PTR) contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) |
| 5191 | goto error_return; |
| 5192 | |
| 5193 | everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents; |
| 5194 | iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; |
| 5195 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++) |
| 5196 | { |
| 5197 | Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux; |
| 5198 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux; |
| 5199 | unsigned int j; |
| 5200 | |
| 5201 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed); |
| 5202 | |
| 5203 | iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd; |
| 5204 | |
| 5205 | iverneed->vn_filename = |
| 5206 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
| 5207 | iverneed->vn_file); |
| 5208 | if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL) |
| 5209 | goto error_return; |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 | amt = iverneed->vn_cnt; |
| 5212 | amt *= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux); |
| 5213 | iverneed->vn_auxptr = (Elf_Internal_Vernaux *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 5214 | |
| 5215 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) |
| 5216 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux)); |
| 5217 | ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr; |
| 5218 | for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++) |
| 5219 | { |
| 5220 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux); |
| 5221 | |
| 5222 | ivernaux->vna_nodename = |
| 5223 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
| 5224 | ivernaux->vna_name); |
| 5225 | if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL) |
| 5226 | goto error_return; |
| 5227 | |
| 5228 | if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt) |
| 5229 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1; |
| 5230 | else |
| 5231 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL; |
| 5232 | |
| 5233 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) |
| 5234 | ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next)); |
| 5235 | } |
| 5236 | |
| 5237 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info) |
| 5238 | iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1; |
| 5239 | else |
| 5240 | iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL; |
| 5241 | |
| 5242 | everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *) |
| 5243 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next)); |
| 5244 | } |
| 5245 | |
| 5246 | free (contents); |
| 5247 | contents = NULL; |
| 5248 | } |
| 5249 | |
| 5250 | return true; |
| 5251 | |
| 5252 | error_return: |
| 5253 | if (contents == NULL) |
| 5254 | free (contents); |
| 5255 | return false; |
| 5256 | } |
| 5257 | \f |
| 5258 | asymbol * |
| 5259 | _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (abfd) |
| 5260 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5261 | { |
| 5262 | elf_symbol_type *newsym; |
| 5263 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type); |
| 5264 | |
| 5265 | newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 5266 | if (!newsym) |
| 5267 | return NULL; |
| 5268 | else |
| 5269 | { |
| 5270 | newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; |
| 5271 | return &newsym->symbol; |
| 5272 | } |
| 5273 | } |
| 5274 | |
| 5275 | void |
| 5276 | _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (ignore_abfd, symbol, ret) |
| 5277 | bfd *ignore_abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5278 | asymbol *symbol; |
| 5279 | symbol_info *ret; |
| 5280 | { |
| 5281 | bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret); |
| 5282 | } |
| 5283 | |
| 5284 | /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets |
| 5285 | use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some |
| 5286 | override it. */ |
| 5287 | |
| 5288 | boolean |
| 5289 | _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, name) |
| 5290 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5291 | const char *name; |
| 5292 | { |
| 5293 | /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */ |
| 5294 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L') |
| 5295 | return true; |
| 5296 | |
| 5297 | /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate |
| 5298 | DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */ |
| 5299 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.') |
| 5300 | return true; |
| 5301 | |
| 5302 | /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when |
| 5303 | emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a |
| 5304 | small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call |
| 5305 | ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading |
| 5306 | underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use, |
| 5307 | we treat such symbols as local. */ |
| 5308 | if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_') |
| 5309 | return true; |
| 5310 | |
| 5311 | return false; |
| 5312 | } |
| 5313 | |
| 5314 | alent * |
| 5315 | _bfd_elf_get_lineno (ignore_abfd, symbol) |
| 5316 | bfd *ignore_abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5317 | asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5318 | { |
| 5319 | abort (); |
| 5320 | return NULL; |
| 5321 | } |
| 5322 | |
| 5323 | boolean |
| 5324 | _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine) |
| 5325 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5326 | enum bfd_architecture arch; |
| 5327 | unsigned long machine; |
| 5328 | { |
| 5329 | /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this |
| 5330 | isn't the generic backend, fail. */ |
| 5331 | if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch |
| 5332 | && arch != bfd_arch_unknown |
| 5333 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown) |
| 5334 | return false; |
| 5335 | |
| 5336 | return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine); |
| 5337 | } |
| 5338 | |
| 5339 | /* Find the function to a particular section and offset, |
| 5340 | for error reporting. */ |
| 5341 | |
| 5342 | static boolean |
| 5343 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 5344 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr) |
| 5345 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5346 | asection *section; |
| 5347 | asymbol **symbols; |
| 5348 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 5349 | const char **filename_ptr; |
| 5350 | const char **functionname_ptr; |
| 5351 | { |
| 5352 | const char *filename; |
| 5353 | asymbol *func; |
| 5354 | bfd_vma low_func; |
| 5355 | asymbol **p; |
| 5356 | |
| 5357 | filename = NULL; |
| 5358 | func = NULL; |
| 5359 | low_func = 0; |
| 5360 | |
| 5361 | for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++) |
| 5362 | { |
| 5363 | elf_symbol_type *q; |
| 5364 | |
| 5365 | q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p; |
| 5366 | |
| 5367 | if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) != section) |
| 5368 | continue; |
| 5369 | |
| 5370 | switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info)) |
| 5371 | { |
| 5372 | default: |
| 5373 | break; |
| 5374 | case STT_FILE: |
| 5375 | filename = bfd_asymbol_name (&q->symbol); |
| 5376 | break; |
| 5377 | case STT_NOTYPE: |
| 5378 | case STT_FUNC: |
| 5379 | if (q->symbol.section == section |
| 5380 | && q->symbol.value >= low_func |
| 5381 | && q->symbol.value <= offset) |
| 5382 | { |
| 5383 | func = (asymbol *) q; |
| 5384 | low_func = q->symbol.value; |
| 5385 | } |
| 5386 | break; |
| 5387 | } |
| 5388 | } |
| 5389 | |
| 5390 | if (func == NULL) |
| 5391 | return false; |
| 5392 | |
| 5393 | if (filename_ptr) |
| 5394 | *filename_ptr = filename; |
| 5395 | if (functionname_ptr) |
| 5396 | *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func); |
| 5397 | |
| 5398 | return true; |
| 5399 | } |
| 5400 | |
| 5401 | /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset, |
| 5402 | for error reporting. */ |
| 5403 | |
| 5404 | boolean |
| 5405 | _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 5406 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, line_ptr) |
| 5407 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5408 | asection *section; |
| 5409 | asymbol **symbols; |
| 5410 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 5411 | const char **filename_ptr; |
| 5412 | const char **functionname_ptr; |
| 5413 | unsigned int *line_ptr; |
| 5414 | { |
| 5415 | boolean found; |
| 5416 | |
| 5417 | if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 5418 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, |
| 5419 | line_ptr)) |
| 5420 | { |
| 5421 | if (!*functionname_ptr) |
| 5422 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 5423 | *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, |
| 5424 | functionname_ptr); |
| 5425 | |
| 5426 | return true; |
| 5427 | } |
| 5428 | |
| 5429 | if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 5430 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, |
| 5431 | line_ptr, 0, |
| 5432 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)) |
| 5433 | { |
| 5434 | if (!*functionname_ptr) |
| 5435 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 5436 | *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, |
| 5437 | functionname_ptr); |
| 5438 | |
| 5439 | return true; |
| 5440 | } |
| 5441 | |
| 5442 | if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset, |
| 5443 | &found, filename_ptr, |
| 5444 | functionname_ptr, line_ptr, |
| 5445 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info)) |
| 5446 | return false; |
| 5447 | if (found) |
| 5448 | return true; |
| 5449 | |
| 5450 | if (symbols == NULL) |
| 5451 | return false; |
| 5452 | |
| 5453 | if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 5454 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr)) |
| 5455 | return false; |
| 5456 | |
| 5457 | *line_ptr = 0; |
| 5458 | return true; |
| 5459 | } |
| 5460 | |
| 5461 | int |
| 5462 | _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (abfd, reloc) |
| 5463 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5464 | boolean reloc; |
| 5465 | { |
| 5466 | int ret; |
| 5467 | |
| 5468 | ret = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 5469 | if (! reloc) |
| 5470 | ret += get_program_header_size (abfd); |
| 5471 | return ret; |
| 5472 | } |
| 5473 | |
| 5474 | boolean |
| 5475 | _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count) |
| 5476 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5477 | sec_ptr section; |
| 5478 | PTR location; |
| 5479 | file_ptr offset; |
| 5480 | bfd_size_type count; |
| 5481 | { |
| 5482 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 5483 | bfd_signed_vma pos; |
| 5484 | |
| 5485 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun |
| 5486 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions |
| 5487 | (abfd, (struct bfd_link_info *) NULL)) |
| 5488 | return false; |
| 5489 | |
| 5490 | hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr; |
| 5491 | pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset; |
| 5492 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 5493 | || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count) |
| 5494 | return false; |
| 5495 | |
| 5496 | return true; |
| 5497 | } |
| 5498 | |
| 5499 | void |
| 5500 | _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (abfd, cache_ptr, dst) |
| 5501 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5502 | arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5503 | Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5504 | { |
| 5505 | abort (); |
| 5506 | } |
| 5507 | |
| 5508 | #if 0 |
| 5509 | void |
| 5510 | _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto_rel (abfd, cache_ptr, dst) |
| 5511 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5512 | arelent *cache_ptr; |
| 5513 | Elf_Internal_Rel *dst; |
| 5514 | { |
| 5515 | abort (); |
| 5516 | } |
| 5517 | #endif |
| 5518 | |
| 5519 | /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */ |
| 5520 | |
| 5521 | boolean |
| 5522 | _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd, areloc) |
| 5523 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5524 | arelent *areloc; |
| 5525 | { |
| 5526 | /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */ |
| 5527 | |
| 5528 | if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec) |
| 5529 | { |
| 5530 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type code; |
| 5531 | reloc_howto_type *howto; |
| 5532 | |
| 5533 | /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an |
| 5534 | equivalent ELF reloc. */ |
| 5535 | |
| 5536 | if (areloc->howto->pc_relative) |
| 5537 | { |
| 5538 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) |
| 5539 | { |
| 5540 | case 8: |
| 5541 | code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL; |
| 5542 | break; |
| 5543 | case 12: |
| 5544 | code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL; |
| 5545 | break; |
| 5546 | case 16: |
| 5547 | code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL; |
| 5548 | break; |
| 5549 | case 24: |
| 5550 | code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL; |
| 5551 | break; |
| 5552 | case 32: |
| 5553 | code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL; |
| 5554 | break; |
| 5555 | case 64: |
| 5556 | code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL; |
| 5557 | break; |
| 5558 | default: |
| 5559 | goto fail; |
| 5560 | } |
| 5561 | |
| 5562 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); |
| 5563 | |
| 5564 | if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset) |
| 5565 | { |
| 5566 | if (howto->pcrel_offset) |
| 5567 | areloc->addend += areloc->address; |
| 5568 | else |
| 5569 | areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */ |
| 5570 | } |
| 5571 | } |
| 5572 | else |
| 5573 | { |
| 5574 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) |
| 5575 | { |
| 5576 | case 8: |
| 5577 | code = BFD_RELOC_8; |
| 5578 | break; |
| 5579 | case 14: |
| 5580 | code = BFD_RELOC_14; |
| 5581 | break; |
| 5582 | case 16: |
| 5583 | code = BFD_RELOC_16; |
| 5584 | break; |
| 5585 | case 26: |
| 5586 | code = BFD_RELOC_26; |
| 5587 | break; |
| 5588 | case 32: |
| 5589 | code = BFD_RELOC_32; |
| 5590 | break; |
| 5591 | case 64: |
| 5592 | code = BFD_RELOC_64; |
| 5593 | break; |
| 5594 | default: |
| 5595 | goto fail; |
| 5596 | } |
| 5597 | |
| 5598 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); |
| 5599 | } |
| 5600 | |
| 5601 | if (howto) |
| 5602 | areloc->howto = howto; |
| 5603 | else |
| 5604 | goto fail; |
| 5605 | } |
| 5606 | |
| 5607 | return true; |
| 5608 | |
| 5609 | fail: |
| 5610 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 5611 | (_("%s: unsupported relocation type %s"), |
| 5612 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), areloc->howto->name); |
| 5613 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 5614 | return false; |
| 5615 | } |
| 5616 | |
| 5617 | boolean |
| 5618 | _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (abfd) |
| 5619 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5620 | { |
| 5621 | if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object) |
| 5622 | { |
| 5623 | if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL) |
| 5624 | _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
| 5625 | } |
| 5626 | |
| 5627 | return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd); |
| 5628 | } |
| 5629 | |
| 5630 | /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY |
| 5631 | in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity |
| 5632 | range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing |
| 5633 | this reloc. */ |
| 5634 | |
| 5635 | bfd_reloc_status_type |
| 5636 | _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn (abfd, re, symbol, data, is, obfd, errmsg) |
| 5637 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5638 | arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5639 | struct symbol_cache_entry *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5640 | PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5641 | asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5642 | bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5643 | char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5644 | { |
| 5645 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
| 5646 | } |
| 5647 | \f |
| 5648 | /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native |
| 5649 | toolchains, since we rely on knowing the |
| 5650 | machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick |
| 5651 | out details about the corefile. */ |
| 5652 | |
| 5653 | #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H |
| 5654 | # include <sys/procfs.h> |
| 5655 | #endif |
| 5656 | |
| 5657 | /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */ |
| 5658 | |
| 5659 | static int |
| 5660 | elfcore_make_pid (abfd) |
| 5661 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5662 | { |
| 5663 | return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16) |
| 5664 | + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid)); |
| 5665 | } |
| 5666 | |
| 5667 | /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using |
| 5668 | data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a |
| 5669 | reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or |
| 5670 | overwrite it. */ |
| 5671 | |
| 5672 | static boolean |
| 5673 | elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect) |
| 5674 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5675 | char *name; |
| 5676 | asection *sect; |
| 5677 | { |
| 5678 | asection *sect2; |
| 5679 | |
| 5680 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL) |
| 5681 | return true; |
| 5682 | |
| 5683 | sect2 = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
| 5684 | if (sect2 == NULL) |
| 5685 | return false; |
| 5686 | |
| 5687 | sect2->_raw_size = sect->_raw_size; |
| 5688 | sect2->filepos = sect->filepos; |
| 5689 | sect2->flags = sect->flags; |
| 5690 | sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power; |
| 5691 | return true; |
| 5692 | } |
| 5693 | |
| 5694 | /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This |
| 5695 | actually creates up to two pseudosections: |
| 5696 | - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless |
| 5697 | such a section already exists. |
| 5698 | - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where |
| 5699 | PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd). |
| 5700 | Both pseudosections have identical contents. */ |
| 5701 | boolean |
| 5702 | _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name, size, filepos) |
| 5703 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5704 | char *name; |
| 5705 | size_t size; |
| 5706 | ufile_ptr filepos; |
| 5707 | { |
| 5708 | char buf[100]; |
| 5709 | char *threaded_name; |
| 5710 | asection *sect; |
| 5711 | |
| 5712 | /* Build the section name. */ |
| 5713 | |
| 5714 | sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
| 5715 | threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (buf) + 1); |
| 5716 | if (threaded_name == NULL) |
| 5717 | return false; |
| 5718 | strcpy (threaded_name, buf); |
| 5719 | |
| 5720 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, threaded_name); |
| 5721 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 5722 | return false; |
| 5723 | sect->_raw_size = size; |
| 5724 | sect->filepos = filepos; |
| 5725 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 5726 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 5727 | |
| 5728 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect); |
| 5729 | } |
| 5730 | |
| 5731 | /* prstatus_t exists on: |
| 5732 | solaris 2.5+ |
| 5733 | linux 2.[01] + glibc |
| 5734 | unixware 4.2 |
| 5735 | */ |
| 5736 | |
| 5737 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
| 5738 | static boolean elfcore_grok_prstatus PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *)); |
| 5739 | |
| 5740 | static boolean |
| 5741 | elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note) |
| 5742 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5743 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; |
| 5744 | { |
| 5745 | size_t raw_size; |
| 5746 | int offset; |
| 5747 | |
| 5748 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t)) |
| 5749 | { |
| 5750 | prstatus_t prstat; |
| 5751 | |
| 5752 | raw_size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); |
| 5753 | offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg); |
| 5754 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 5755 | |
| 5756 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it |
| 5757 | has already been set by another thread. */ |
| 5758 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0) |
| 5759 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig; |
| 5760 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid; |
| 5761 | |
| 5762 | /* pr_who exists on: |
| 5763 | solaris 2.5+ |
| 5764 | unixware 4.2 |
| 5765 | pr_who doesn't exist on: |
| 5766 | linux 2.[01] |
| 5767 | */ |
| 5768 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO) |
| 5769 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who; |
| 5770 | #endif |
| 5771 | } |
| 5772 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) |
| 5773 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t)) |
| 5774 | { |
| 5775 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
| 5776 | prstatus32_t prstat; |
| 5777 | |
| 5778 | raw_size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); |
| 5779 | offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg); |
| 5780 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 5781 | |
| 5782 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it |
| 5783 | has already been set by another thread. */ |
| 5784 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0) |
| 5785 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig; |
| 5786 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid; |
| 5787 | |
| 5788 | /* pr_who exists on: |
| 5789 | solaris 2.5+ |
| 5790 | unixware 4.2 |
| 5791 | pr_who doesn't exist on: |
| 5792 | linux 2.[01] |
| 5793 | */ |
| 5794 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO) |
| 5795 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who; |
| 5796 | #endif |
| 5797 | } |
| 5798 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */ |
| 5799 | else |
| 5800 | { |
| 5801 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other |
| 5802 | note size (ie. data object type). */ |
| 5803 | return true; |
| 5804 | } |
| 5805 | |
| 5806 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */ |
| 5807 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", |
| 5808 | raw_size, note->descpos + offset); |
| 5809 | } |
| 5810 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */ |
| 5811 | |
| 5812 | /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */ |
| 5813 | static boolean |
| 5814 | elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, name, note) |
| 5815 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5816 | char *name; |
| 5817 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; |
| 5818 | { |
| 5819 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name, |
| 5820 | note->descsz, note->descpos); |
| 5821 | } |
| 5822 | |
| 5823 | /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms, |
| 5824 | but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this |
| 5825 | data structure apart. */ |
| 5826 | |
| 5827 | static boolean |
| 5828 | elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note) |
| 5829 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5830 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; |
| 5831 | { |
| 5832 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
| 5833 | } |
| 5834 | |
| 5835 | /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note |
| 5836 | type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents |
| 5837 | literally. */ |
| 5838 | |
| 5839 | static boolean |
| 5840 | elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note) |
| 5841 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5842 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; |
| 5843 | { |
| 5844 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); |
| 5845 | } |
| 5846 | |
| 5847 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) |
| 5848 | typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; |
| 5849 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ |
| 5850 | typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; |
| 5851 | #endif |
| 5852 | #endif |
| 5853 | |
| 5854 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| 5855 | typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; |
| 5856 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ |
| 5857 | typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; |
| 5858 | #endif |
| 5859 | #endif |
| 5860 | |
| 5861 | /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at |
| 5862 | most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'. |
| 5863 | the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */ |
| 5864 | |
| 5865 | char * |
| 5866 | _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, start, max) |
| 5867 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5868 | char *start; |
| 5869 | size_t max; |
| 5870 | { |
| 5871 | char *dups; |
| 5872 | char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max); |
| 5873 | size_t len; |
| 5874 | |
| 5875 | if (end == NULL) |
| 5876 | len = max; |
| 5877 | else |
| 5878 | len = end - start; |
| 5879 | |
| 5880 | dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) len + 1); |
| 5881 | if (dups == NULL) |
| 5882 | return NULL; |
| 5883 | |
| 5884 | memcpy (dups, start, len); |
| 5885 | dups[len] = '\0'; |
| 5886 | |
| 5887 | return dups; |
| 5888 | } |
| 5889 | |
| 5890 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| 5891 | static boolean elfcore_grok_psinfo PARAMS ((bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *)); |
| 5892 | |
| 5893 | static boolean |
| 5894 | elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note) |
| 5895 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5896 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; |
| 5897 | { |
| 5898 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t)) |
| 5899 | { |
| 5900 | elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo; |
| 5901 | |
| 5902 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); |
| 5903 | |
| 5904 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program |
| 5905 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, |
| 5906 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); |
| 5907 | |
| 5908 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command |
| 5909 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, |
| 5910 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); |
| 5911 | } |
| 5912 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) |
| 5913 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t)) |
| 5914 | { |
| 5915 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
| 5916 | elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo; |
| 5917 | |
| 5918 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); |
| 5919 | |
| 5920 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program |
| 5921 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, |
| 5922 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); |
| 5923 | |
| 5924 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command |
| 5925 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, |
| 5926 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); |
| 5927 | } |
| 5928 | #endif |
| 5929 | |
| 5930 | else |
| 5931 | { |
| 5932 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other |
| 5933 | note size (ie. data object type). */ |
| 5934 | return true; |
| 5935 | } |
| 5936 | |
| 5937 | /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked |
| 5938 | onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) |
| 5939 | implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ |
| 5940 | |
| 5941 | { |
| 5942 | char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command; |
| 5943 | int n = strlen (command); |
| 5944 | |
| 5945 | if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') |
| 5946 | command[n - 1] = '\0'; |
| 5947 | } |
| 5948 | |
| 5949 | return true; |
| 5950 | } |
| 5951 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */ |
| 5952 | |
| 5953 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
| 5954 | static boolean |
| 5955 | elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note) |
| 5956 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5957 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; |
| 5958 | { |
| 5959 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t) |
| 5960 | #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T) |
| 5961 | || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t) |
| 5962 | #endif |
| 5963 | ) |
| 5964 | { |
| 5965 | pstatus_t pstat; |
| 5966 | |
| 5967 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); |
| 5968 | |
| 5969 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid; |
| 5970 | } |
| 5971 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) |
| 5972 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t)) |
| 5973 | { |
| 5974 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
| 5975 | pstatus32_t pstat; |
| 5976 | |
| 5977 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); |
| 5978 | |
| 5979 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid; |
| 5980 | } |
| 5981 | #endif |
| 5982 | /* Could grab some more details from the "representative" |
| 5983 | lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an |
| 5984 | NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */ |
| 5985 | |
| 5986 | return true; |
| 5987 | } |
| 5988 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */ |
| 5989 | |
| 5990 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
| 5991 | static boolean |
| 5992 | elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note) |
| 5993 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5994 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; |
| 5995 | { |
| 5996 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat; |
| 5997 | char buf[100]; |
| 5998 | char *name; |
| 5999 | asection *sect; |
| 6000 | |
| 6001 | if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat) |
| 6002 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T) |
| 6003 | && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t) |
| 6004 | #endif |
| 6005 | ) |
| 6006 | return true; |
| 6007 | |
| 6008 | memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat)); |
| 6009 | |
| 6010 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid; |
| 6011 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig; |
| 6012 | |
| 6013 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
| 6014 | |
| 6015 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
| 6016 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (buf) + 1); |
| 6017 | if (name == NULL) |
| 6018 | return false; |
| 6019 | strcpy (name, buf); |
| 6020 | |
| 6021 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
| 6022 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 6023 | return false; |
| 6024 | |
| 6025 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
| 6026 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); |
| 6027 | sect->filepos = note->descpos |
| 6028 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); |
| 6029 | #endif |
| 6030 | |
| 6031 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) |
| 6032 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg); |
| 6033 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg); |
| 6034 | #endif |
| 6035 | |
| 6036 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 6037 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 6038 | |
| 6039 | if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) |
| 6040 | return false; |
| 6041 | |
| 6042 | /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */ |
| 6043 | |
| 6044 | sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
| 6045 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (buf) + 1); |
| 6046 | if (name == NULL) |
| 6047 | return false; |
| 6048 | strcpy (name, buf); |
| 6049 | |
| 6050 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
| 6051 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 6052 | return false; |
| 6053 | |
| 6054 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
| 6055 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); |
| 6056 | sect->filepos = note->descpos |
| 6057 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); |
| 6058 | #endif |
| 6059 | |
| 6060 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG) |
| 6061 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg); |
| 6062 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg); |
| 6063 | #endif |
| 6064 | |
| 6065 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 6066 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 6067 | |
| 6068 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect); |
| 6069 | } |
| 6070 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */ |
| 6071 | |
| 6072 | #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T) |
| 6073 | static boolean |
| 6074 | elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note) |
| 6075 | bfd *abfd; |
| 6076 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; |
| 6077 | { |
| 6078 | char buf[30]; |
| 6079 | char *name; |
| 6080 | asection *sect; |
| 6081 | win32_pstatus_t pstatus; |
| 6082 | |
| 6083 | if (note->descsz < sizeof (pstatus)) |
| 6084 | return true; |
| 6085 | |
| 6086 | memcpy (&pstatus, note->descdata, note->descsz); |
| 6087 | |
| 6088 | switch (pstatus.data_type) |
| 6089 | { |
| 6090 | case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS: |
| 6091 | /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */ |
| 6092 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = pstatus.data.process_info.signal; |
| 6093 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstatus.data.process_info.pid; |
| 6094 | break; |
| 6095 | |
| 6096 | case NOTE_INFO_THREAD: |
| 6097 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
| 6098 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", pstatus.data.thread_info.tid); |
| 6099 | |
| 6100 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (buf) + 1); |
| 6101 | if (name == NULL) |
| 6102 | return false; |
| 6103 | |
| 6104 | strcpy (name, buf); |
| 6105 | |
| 6106 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
| 6107 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 6108 | return false; |
| 6109 | |
| 6110 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (pstatus.data.thread_info.thread_context); |
| 6111 | sect->filepos = (note->descpos |
| 6112 | + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus, |
| 6113 | data.thread_info.thread_context)); |
| 6114 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 6115 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 6116 | |
| 6117 | if (pstatus.data.thread_info.is_active_thread) |
| 6118 | if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) |
| 6119 | return false; |
| 6120 | break; |
| 6121 | |
| 6122 | case NOTE_INFO_MODULE: |
| 6123 | /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */ |
| 6124 | sprintf (buf, ".module/%08x", pstatus.data.module_info.base_address); |
| 6125 | |
| 6126 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, (bfd_size_type) strlen (buf) + 1); |
| 6127 | if (name == NULL) |
| 6128 | return false; |
| 6129 | |
| 6130 | strcpy (name, buf); |
| 6131 | |
| 6132 | sect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
| 6133 | |
| 6134 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 6135 | return false; |
| 6136 | |
| 6137 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz; |
| 6138 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| 6139 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 6140 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 6141 | break; |
| 6142 | |
| 6143 | default: |
| 6144 | return true; |
| 6145 | } |
| 6146 | |
| 6147 | return true; |
| 6148 | } |
| 6149 | #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */ |
| 6150 | |
| 6151 | static boolean |
| 6152 | elfcore_grok_note (abfd, note) |
| 6153 | bfd *abfd; |
| 6154 | Elf_Internal_Note *note; |
| 6155 | { |
| 6156 | struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 6157 | |
| 6158 | switch (note->type) |
| 6159 | { |
| 6160 | default: |
| 6161 | return true; |
| 6162 | |
| 6163 | case NT_PRSTATUS: |
| 6164 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) |
| 6165 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note)) |
| 6166 | return true; |
| 6167 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
| 6168 | return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note); |
| 6169 | #else |
| 6170 | return true; |
| 6171 | #endif |
| 6172 | |
| 6173 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
| 6174 | case NT_PSTATUS: |
| 6175 | return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note); |
| 6176 | #endif |
| 6177 | |
| 6178 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
| 6179 | case NT_LWPSTATUS: |
| 6180 | return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note); |
| 6181 | #endif |
| 6182 | |
| 6183 | case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */ |
| 6184 | return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note); |
| 6185 | |
| 6186 | #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T) |
| 6187 | case NT_WIN32PSTATUS: |
| 6188 | return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note); |
| 6189 | #endif |
| 6190 | |
| 6191 | case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */ |
| 6192 | if (note->namesz == 5 |
| 6193 | && ! strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX")) |
| 6194 | return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note); |
| 6195 | else |
| 6196 | return true; |
| 6197 | |
| 6198 | case NT_PRPSINFO: |
| 6199 | case NT_PSINFO: |
| 6200 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) |
| 6201 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note)) |
| 6202 | return true; |
| 6203 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| 6204 | return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note); |
| 6205 | #else |
| 6206 | return true; |
| 6207 | #endif |
| 6208 | } |
| 6209 | } |
| 6210 | |
| 6211 | static boolean |
| 6212 | elfcore_read_notes (abfd, offset, size) |
| 6213 | bfd *abfd; |
| 6214 | file_ptr offset; |
| 6215 | bfd_size_type size; |
| 6216 | { |
| 6217 | char *buf; |
| 6218 | char *p; |
| 6219 | |
| 6220 | if (size <= 0) |
| 6221 | return true; |
| 6222 | |
| 6223 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) |
| 6224 | return false; |
| 6225 | |
| 6226 | buf = bfd_malloc (size); |
| 6227 | if (buf == NULL) |
| 6228 | return false; |
| 6229 | |
| 6230 | if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size) |
| 6231 | { |
| 6232 | error: |
| 6233 | free (buf); |
| 6234 | return false; |
| 6235 | } |
| 6236 | |
| 6237 | p = buf; |
| 6238 | while (p < buf + size) |
| 6239 | { |
| 6240 | /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */ |
| 6241 | Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p; |
| 6242 | Elf_Internal_Note in; |
| 6243 | |
| 6244 | in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type); |
| 6245 | |
| 6246 | in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz); |
| 6247 | in.namedata = xnp->name; |
| 6248 | |
| 6249 | in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz); |
| 6250 | in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4); |
| 6251 | in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf); |
| 6252 | |
| 6253 | if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in)) |
| 6254 | goto error; |
| 6255 | |
| 6256 | p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4); |
| 6257 | } |
| 6258 | |
| 6259 | free (buf); |
| 6260 | return true; |
| 6261 | } |
| 6262 | \f |
| 6263 | /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */ |
| 6264 | |
| 6265 | /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a |
| 6266 | copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error |
| 6267 | occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ |
| 6268 | |
| 6269 | long |
| 6270 | bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (abfd) |
| 6271 | bfd *abfd; |
| 6272 | { |
| 6273 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 6274 | { |
| 6275 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
| 6276 | return -1; |
| 6277 | } |
| 6278 | |
| 6279 | return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr); |
| 6280 | } |
| 6281 | |
| 6282 | /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries |
| 6283 | will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as |
| 6284 | defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the |
| 6285 | buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound. |
| 6286 | |
| 6287 | Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an |
| 6288 | error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ |
| 6289 | |
| 6290 | int |
| 6291 | bfd_get_elf_phdrs (abfd, phdrs) |
| 6292 | bfd *abfd; |
| 6293 | void *phdrs; |
| 6294 | { |
| 6295 | int num_phdrs; |
| 6296 | |
| 6297 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 6298 | { |
| 6299 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
| 6300 | return -1; |
| 6301 | } |
| 6302 | |
| 6303 | num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; |
| 6304 | memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr, |
| 6305 | num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); |
| 6306 | |
| 6307 | return num_phdrs; |
| 6308 | } |
| 6309 | |
| 6310 | void |
| 6311 | _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, value) |
| 6312 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 6313 | char *buf; |
| 6314 | bfd_vma value; |
| 6315 | { |
| 6316 | #ifdef BFD64 |
| 6317 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ |
| 6318 | |
| 6319 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 6320 | if (i_ehdrp == NULL) |
| 6321 | sprintf_vma (buf, value); |
| 6322 | else |
| 6323 | { |
| 6324 | if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64) |
| 6325 | { |
| 6326 | #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG |
| 6327 | sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value); |
| 6328 | #else |
| 6329 | sprintf (buf, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value), |
| 6330 | _bfd_int64_low (value)); |
| 6331 | #endif |
| 6332 | } |
| 6333 | else |
| 6334 | sprintf (buf, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff)); |
| 6335 | } |
| 6336 | #else |
| 6337 | sprintf_vma (buf, value); |
| 6338 | #endif |
| 6339 | } |
| 6340 | |
| 6341 | void |
| 6342 | _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (abfd, stream, value) |
| 6343 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 6344 | PTR stream; |
| 6345 | bfd_vma value; |
| 6346 | { |
| 6347 | #ifdef BFD64 |
| 6348 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ |
| 6349 | |
| 6350 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 6351 | if (i_ehdrp == NULL) |
| 6352 | fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value); |
| 6353 | else |
| 6354 | { |
| 6355 | if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64) |
| 6356 | { |
| 6357 | #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG |
| 6358 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value); |
| 6359 | #else |
| 6360 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx%08lx", |
| 6361 | _bfd_int64_high (value), _bfd_int64_low (value)); |
| 6362 | #endif |
| 6363 | } |
| 6364 | else |
| 6365 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx", |
| 6366 | (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff)); |
| 6367 | } |
| 6368 | #else |
| 6369 | fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value); |
| 6370 | #endif |
| 6371 | } |
| 6372 | |
| 6373 | enum elf_reloc_type_class |
| 6374 | _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (rela) |
| 6375 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 6376 | { |
| 6377 | return reloc_class_normal; |
| 6378 | } |
| 6379 | |
| 6380 | /* For RELA architectures, return what the relocation value for |
| 6381 | relocation against a local symbol. */ |
| 6382 | |
| 6383 | bfd_vma |
| 6384 | _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (abfd, sym, sec, rel) |
| 6385 | bfd *abfd; |
| 6386 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| 6387 | asection *sec; |
| 6388 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; |
| 6389 | { |
| 6390 | bfd_vma relocation; |
| 6391 | |
| 6392 | relocation = (sec->output_section->vma |
| 6393 | + sec->output_offset |
| 6394 | + sym->st_value); |
| 6395 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) |
| 6396 | && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) |
| 6397 | { |
| 6398 | asection *msec; |
| 6399 | |
| 6400 | msec = sec; |
| 6401 | rel->r_addend = |
| 6402 | _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &msec, |
| 6403 | elf_section_data (sec)->merge_info, |
| 6404 | sym->st_value + rel->r_addend, |
| 6405 | (bfd_vma) 0) |
| 6406 | - relocation; |
| 6407 | rel->r_addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset; |
| 6408 | } |
| 6409 | return relocation; |
| 6410 | } |